TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1997-03-31
TELEGRAPH & OTHER MESSAGE COMMUNICATIONS
Previous: METROPOLITAN REALTY CO LLC, 10-K, 1997-03-31
Next: 360 COMMUNICATIONS CO, 10-K, 1997-03-31



================================================================================

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                -----------------

                                    FORM 10-K

                  FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO
           SECTIONS 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(MARK ONE)
     /X/ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
            SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

     /  /    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM      TO

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER : 0-27594

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

                  FLORIDA                              65-0454571
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

     200 EAST BROWARD BOULEVARD,                         33301
     FT. LAUDERDALE, FLORIDA                           (ZIP CODE)
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                                   


       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (954) 763-4000

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
                                      NONE
           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
                         COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.0419

     INDICATE BY CHECK MARK  WHETHER THE  REGISTRANT:  (1) HAS FILED ALL REPORTS
REQUIRED TO BE FILED BY SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT OF
1934  DURING  THE  PRECEDING  12 MONTHS  (OR FOR SUCH  SHORTER  PERIOD  THAT THE
REGISTRANT WAS REQUIRED TO FILE SUCH REPORTS),  AND (2) HAS BEEN SUBJECT TO SUCH
FILING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PAST 90 DAYS. [ X ] YES [ ] NO

     INDICATE BY CHECK MARK IF DISCLOSURE OF DELINQUENT  FILERS PURSUANT TO ITEM
405 OF REGULATION S-K IS NOT CONTAINED HEREIN, AND WILL NOT BE CONTAINED, TO THE
BEST OF REGISTRANT'S  KNOWLEDGE,  IN DEFINITIVE PROXY OR INFORMATION  STATEMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN PART III OF THIS FORM 10-K OR ANY AMENDMENT TO THIS
FORM 10-K [ ].

     THE AGGREGATE  MARKET VALUE OF THE VOTING STOCK HELD BY  NON-AFFILIATES  OF
THE REGISTRANT AS OF MARCH 17, 1997 WAS APPROXIMATELY $33,692,010.

     AS OF MARCH 17, 1997,  11,820,914 SHARES OF THE REGISTRANT'S  COMMON STOCK,
$0.0419 PAR VALUE, WERE OUTSTANDING.

     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. THE INFORMATION CALLED FOR BY PART III
IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TO THE DEFINITIVE PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE COMPANY'S
1997 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS,  WHICH WILL BE FILED ON OR BEFORE APRIL 30,
1997.

================================================================================

<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
                                                                          PAGE

PART I....................................................................  1

   ITEM 1.     BUSINESS...................................................  1
               General....................................................  1
               Services...................................................  1
               Marketing and Sales........................................  3
               Customer Service...........................................  3
               Network....................................................  4
               Competition................................................  6
               Regulatory Environment.....................................  6
               Employees..................................................  9

   ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES.................................................  9

   ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..........................................  9

   ITEM 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS........ 10

PART II................................................................... 10

   ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
               STOCKHOLDER MATTERS........................................ 10

   ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.................................... 11

   ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
               CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS........................ 13

   ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA................ 19

   ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
               ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE........................ 49

PART III.................................................................. 49

   ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT......... 49

   ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION..................................... 49

   ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
               OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. .................................... 49

   ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS............. 49

PART IV................................................................... 49

   ITEM 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
               REPORTS ON FORM 8-K........................................ 49



<PAGE>
            CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         Certain  statements  contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K which
express "belief",  "anticipation",  "expectation", or "intention" and statements
regarding  the  expansion of TresCom  International's  business,  including  the
negotiation of agreements with  PTTs and  TAs  (each  as  hereinafter  defined),
capital   expenditures,  the   effects   of  regulatory  changes   and   product
offerings insofar as they may apply  prospectively and are not historical facts,
are  "forward-looking"  statements  within the  meaning  of  Section  27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.
Because such  statements  include risks and  uncertainties,  actual  results may
differ  materially  from those  expressed  or  implied  by such  forward-looking
statements.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from
those expressed or implied by such  forward-looking  statements include, but are
not limited to, the factors set forth in "Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations  -- Certain  Factors
Which May Affect the Company's Future Results."

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS

GENERAL

         TresCom  International,   Inc.  (together  with  its  subsidiaries  and
Predecessors (as defined herein),  referred to collectively  herein as "TresCom"
or the  "Company"),  is a  facilities  based  long  distance  telecommunications
carrier focused on  international  long distance  traffic.  The Company offers a
broad array of competitively priced services,  including long distance,  calling
cards, prepaid debit cards, domestic and international  toll-free calling, frame
relay and  bilingual  operator  services.  The Company  provides  long  distance
service to over 230 countries and territories  through an international  network
consisting of: (i) owned facilities, concentrated in a Caribbean hub linking the
United  States,  the  Caribbean  and  South and  Central  America;  (ii)  direct
operating  and transit  agreements  with various  post,  telegraph and telephone
organizations ("PTTs") and foreign  telecommunications  administrations ("TAs");
and (iii) leased capacity.

         The  Company  markets  its  services  on a  wholesale  basis  to  other
telecommunications  carriers and resellers and on a retail basis to  residential
and commercial  customers,  ranging in size from small businesses to Fortune 500
companies.  To take advantage of the benefits  associated with its network,  the
Company targets its United States  mainland sales and marketing  efforts towards
customers with significant southbound international long distance traffic. These
customers  include  businesses with sales or operations in the Caribbean,  South
and  Central  America  and Mexico  (referred  to  collectively  herein as "Latin
America")  as well as the  rapidly  growing  Hispanic  population  in the United
States.  The Company has  increased  its sales and  marketing  efforts  directed
towards residential and commercial customers,  while maintaining its carrier and
reseller  customer base. In emerging  markets in Central and South America,  the
Company  has teamed  with local  agents and  expects to  generate  international
traffic  originating  from those  markets.  As part of the  Company's  marketing
activities,  the  Company  has  entered  into joint  marketing  and  promotional
arrangements  with  certain  other  companies,  including  Coca-Cola,  Shell Oil
Company,  Seagrams and Walgreens  Drug Stores,  pursuant to which such companies
have agreed to market their products or services with those of TresCom.

     TresCom was formed in December  1993 and  acquired  The St.  Thomas and San
Juan  Telephone  Company,   Inc.  ("STSJ"),   a  United  States  Virgin  Islands
("U.S.V.I.")  and Puerto Rico based long  distance  carrier,  in February  1994.
TresCom has  experienced  significant  growth  through a combination of internal
growth and  acquisitions,  including  the  November  1994  acquisition  of Total
Telecommunications,   Inc.   ("TTI"),   which   was  a  Ft.   Lauderdale   based
inter-exchange  carrier. STSJ and TTI are referred to collectively herein as the
"Predecessors."

SERVICES

         TresCom offers a broad array of services to its customers, both through
its owned facilities and through  contractual  arrangements with other carriers.
The  Company's  service  offerings  include  direct dial "1 plus" and "800" long
distance,  calling and debit cards,  international  toll-free  service,  24-hour
bilingual operator services,  intra-island local service in Puerto Rico, private
lines, frame relay,  international  inbound service, and, beginning in the first
quarter of 1997,  prepaid  cellular  phone  service.  The  Company  markets  its
products  under a number of registered  and common law service  marks  including
TresCom SM, Terafon SM and Express USA SM, as well as various registered  logos.
TresCom has the capability to route calls over multiple  alternative paths, thus
offering full  redundancy.  The

<PAGE>

Company also offers customized  country calling plans that help customers manage
their long distance costs for high volume destinations.

         In addition to basic "1 plus" and "800" services, the Company's service
offerings include:

          o    CALLING AND DEBIT  CARDS.  The  Company's  international  calling
               cards provide  access to more than 230 countries and  territories
               and  international  origination  and  termination.  The Company's
               debit cards provide payment convenience and are rechargeable.

          o    INTERNATIONAL  TOLL-FREE  SERVICE.  Also known as  "International
               800," this service permits  customers to place calls  terminating
               in the United  States  (including  the U.S.V.I.  and Puerto Rico)
               from a foreign  country on a toll-free  basis. As of December 31,
               1996, the Company's international toll-free service was available
               for origination from over 40 countries.

          o    24-HOUR BILINGUAL  OPERATOR  SERVICES.  The Company offers a full
               range  of  operator   services  to  residential   and  commercial
               customers. A staff of operators fluent in English and Spanish can
               be accessed to complete collect,  third party,  person-to-person,
               station-to-station and credit card validation calls.

          o    INTRA-ISLAND  LOCAL  SERVICE.  The Company  offers local  calling
               services in Puerto  Rico,  pursuant to which  customers  can make
               local calls on the island at very competitive rates.

          o    PRIVATE LINES. The Company leases to customers  dedicated private
               lines that provide high capacity between predetermined  locations
               for voice and data services.

          o    FRAME  RELAY.  The Company  offers frame  relay,  a  transmission
               standard which utilizes multiplex technology. Frame relay enables
               multiple  users to share  communications  bandwidth  for enhanced
               data  transmission.  The Company's frame relay  capabilities  are
               compatible with frame relay networks around the world.

          o    INTERNATIONAL INBOUND SERVICES.  The Company offers international
               inbound  calling  services which provide  collect  calling to the
               United  States and  calling  card  services  with  United  States
               terminations.   In  1997,  the  Company  intends  to  expand  its
               marketing programs in Honduras,  Nicaragua and Panama and intends
               to launch new programs in El Salvador and the Dominican Republic.
               Planning is underway for similar  services in key South  American
               countries.  There can be no assurance,  however, that the Company
               will be able to launch such services or that,  if launched,  such
               services will be successful.

          o    PREPAID CELLULAR PHONE SERVICE. In the first quarter of 1997, the
               Company began  providing  prepaid  cellular phone  services.  The
               Company  continues  to  evaluate  target  market  acceptance  and
               support processes required for this new product.

         New services the Company expects to introduce in 1997 include:

          o    INTERNET  SERVICES.  TresCom  intends  to offer  businesses  high
               speed, direct connections to the Internet, through either private
               line or frame relay  service.  Once  connected  to the  Internet,
               users will be able to access services  provided by others such as
               Worldwide Web browsing,  electronic  mail,  file  transfer,  news
               feeds and bulletin boards.

          o    WHOLESALE AND RETAIL BILLING SERVICES. The Company will offer the
               capability  for real time  traffic  repricing  for  international
               traffic.

          o    COMPETITIVE  LOCAL  ACCESS  SERVICE.  The  Company is planning to
               offer competitive local access services to business  customers in
               South Florida.

         There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to launch any
of the  proposed  services in 1997 or  thereafter  or that,  if  launched,  such
services will be successful.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

MARKETING AND SALES

         The  Company  markets  its  services  on a  wholesale  basis  to  other
telecommunications  carriers and resellers and on a retail basis to  residential
and commercial  customers  ranging in size from small  businesses to Fortune 500
companies.  Through its  in-house,  direct  sales force and through  independent
sales and  telemarketing  agents,  the Company  targets  customers in the United
States, the U.S.V.I.  and Puerto Rico with significant  international  telephone
usage, particularly southbound calls to Latin America.

         WHOLESALE.  The Company's  wholesale  customers include both facilities
based carriers and switched and switchless  resellers who purchase the Company's
services  for resale to their own  customers.  The Company uses its direct sales
force to market its  services to wholesale  customers  and  participates  in and
advertises at key carrier industry trade shows. During 1996, the Company was not
dependent  on any one  customer  to  provide  more than 8% of its  total  annual
revenues.

         RETAIL.  The Company's retail customer base is comprised of residential
and commercial  customers.  The Company markets its services to retail customers
primarily  through direct sales  representatives  and through  independent sales
representatives  and  telemarketing  agents.  Sales  techniques  such  as  joint
marketing arrangements,  direct mail, promotions and advertising are employed by
the Company as well.

         DIRECT SALES.  The Company's  direct sales force targets major accounts
and small to medium size businesses with significant southbound traffic to Latin
America. The sales  representatives  receive commissions based upon the revenues
received by the Company from new customers. As of December 31, 1996, the Company
had 105 sales and marketing employees. The Company has expanded its direct sales
force as a part of its growth  strategy by adding sales  representatives  to its
sales offices located in New York, Florida, Texas, Georgia, southern California,
St. Thomas, the U.S.V.I and Puerto Rico.

         INDEPENDENT SALES REPRESENTATIVES AND TELEMARKETING AGENTS. The Company
supplements  its  direct  sales  efforts  by  marketing  through  a  network  of
independent sales  representatives and telemarketing  agents. As of December 31,
1996, the Company had approximately 150 independent  sales  representatives  and
telemarketing  agents.  Independent sales  representatives  generally enter into
sales agreements with the Company  providing for commissions to be paid based on
revenues generated for the Company.  Telemarketing  agents are generally paid on
an hourly  basis or on a per sale basis and receive no  commission.  The Company
typically grants a nonexclusive right to solicit customers and requires that its
agents maintain a minimum quota.

         JOINT MARKETING  ARRANGEMENTS.  The Company enters into joint marketing
arrangements  with other  companies to increase  name  recognition  and customer
awareness  and to generate  referrals  of  potential  customers  who can then be
contacted by the Company's sales representatives and telemarketing agents.

         PROMOTIONS  AND  ADVERTISING.  The  Company  also  engages  in  various
promotional activities, such as sponsorship of the Ft. Lauderdale Boat Show, the
Shell Air and Sea Show and various civic and charity events. The Company engages
in such  promotional  opportunities  to  target  specific  customer  groups.  In
addition,  the Company has increased its use of print  advertising which targets
heavy users of international telecommunications services. The Company advertises
in publications  such as the World Trade Magazine,  the Latin Trade Magazine and
Global  Sites  Magazine.  In the  residential  market,  the Company has targeted
Spanish  speaking  consumers by advertising in Spanish  language  newspapers and
through direct mail campaigns.  The Company believes that continued focus on the
growing domestic Hispanic market will attract customers with heavy long distance
usage to Latin America.


CUSTOMER SERVICE

         The Company strives to provide  superior  customer service and believes
that the quality of its customer  service is one of its competitive  advantages.
The Company has a fully staffed bilingual customer service department  available
through  "800"  access,  as well as a  trouble  reporting  unit  with  extensive
industry and technical expertise to cater to the Company's wholesale  customers.
In order to facilitate  quality customer  service,  the Company has designed and
implemented  computerized  customer  profiles and billing  information to permit
rapid  access by its customer  service  representatives  to billing  records and
prompt response to inquiries.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

         The  Company  direct  bills  certain  wholesale  customers,  its larger
business  accounts and a small  percentage of its small business and residential
customers.  In many cases,  these customers and accounts have customized billing
arrangements,   including   bilingual  billing,  to  help  them  achieve  better
management of their long distance telecommunications needs. In 1996, the Company
launched two billing  innovations:  billing files  delivered via bulletin  board
system ("BBS") and software to allow commercial customers to better manage their
long distance bills through various sorting and  classification  functions.  The
Company believes that flexible,  customized billing is an important  value-added
service that is a key factor in attracting and retaining  commercial  customers.
The Company's small business and residential  customers are generally  billed by
their  respective  local  exchange  carriers  ("LECs"),  which  charge  for  the
Company's services in a monthly all-inclusive invoice sent to the customer.

NETWORK

         Under  direct   operating  and  transit  agreements  with PTTs and TAs,
TresCom transmits customer calls through an international  network consisting of
ownership  interests in undersea  digital  fiber optic  transmission  cables and
leased capacity from other carriers.  Through its owned switching facilities and
network  infrastructure,  the  Company  continuously  monitors  its  network  to
optimize   routing  of  calls  over  the  least  cost  route  available  on  its
international network.

         OWNED FACILITIES.

         The  Company's  international  network  utilizes  digital  fiber  optic
circuits to transmit  long distance  calls.  TresCom's  transmission  facilities
include  ownership  interests  in  international  undersea  digital  fiber optic
transmission  cables linking the United States,  Europe, the Caribbean and South
and  Central  America.  TresCom's  owned  network  also  includes  wholly  owned
microwave  relay and  satellite  earth  station  equipment  linking the mainland
United  States,  Puerto  Rico  and the  U.S.V.I.  that  provide  redundancy  and
diversity to its ownership interests in digital fiber optic transmission cables.

         The  international  undersea  digital  fiber optic  cables in which the
Company has an investment are owned and operated through consortium arrangements
between  various  international   telecommunications  service  providers,  which
include  United States  carriers,  foreign  PTTs  and  foreign  TAs.  Typically,
participation  in a consortium  includes those carriers which have the operating
authority  to provide  direct  international  service and have direct  operating
agreements with the PTTs or TAs in the countries served by the cables.  In  most
cases,  ownership in cables is acquired  solely  through the purchase of minimum
increments of capacity or Minimum Investment Units ("MIUs").  In instances where
a carrier has not purchased  ownership  interests in the cable prior to the time
it was placed in service,  the carrier is only permitted to acquire  capacity on
that  cable  through  the  purchase,  by  way  of a  lump  sum  payment,  of  an
Indefeasible  Right of Use ("IRUs").  The fundamental  difference between an IRU
holder  and an  owner  of  MIUs  is  that  the IRU  holder  is not  entitled  to
participate in management  decisions  relating to the cable system.  The Company
currently  owns MIUs in the  Americas  1 Cable  System,  the  Columbus  II Cable
System,  the Eastern Caribbean Fiber Cable System, the Taino-Carib Cable System,
the  Antilles I Cable  System,  the Bahamas II Cable System and the Pan American
Cable System.  The Company  obtained  MIU's in the Antilles I Cable System,  the
Bahamas II Cable System and the Pan  American  Cable  System  during  1996.  The
Company's investments in the TCS-1 Cable System, the Bahamas 1 Cable System, the
PTAT-1, the  CARAC  Cable  Systems,  the CANUS Cable System,  the CANTAT 3 Cable
System,  the ODIN  Cable  System and the RIOJA  Cable  System are in the form of
IRUs.  The  various  consortium  arrangements  to which the  Company  is a party
contain  restrictions  on the transfer of use,  provide for the  acquisition  of
additional  capacity,  designate  maintenance  responsibility  and also  contain
arrangements regarding system design modifications.  The Company's investment in
certain  cables is  currently  limited to the  portion of the cable in which the
Company is routing  traffic.  The Company has a right to acquire capacity on the
remaining portions of the system through the payment of additional amounts.

         The Company's network  infrastructure  and digital switches provide the
means to  maximize  its  owned and  leased  international  facilities.  Switches
located in Ft. Lauderdale,  Florida; New York, New York; Guaynabo,  Puerto Rico;
and  Miami,  Florida;  provide  the entry and exit  gateways  for the  Company's
international network.

         During 1996, the Company completed strategic capital expansion projects
that  expanded  the current  network  portal  capacity by 53% and future  growth
capacity by 300% and introduced key  technological  advancements to the network.

The Company  installed  its first  international  STP gateway  that  effectively
allows the
                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Company to utilize  previously  domestic  only  switching  systems to  establish
international gateway switching systems at a significantly reduced capital cost.
Other   key   technological/infrastructure   achievements   in   1996   include:
construction of a new Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida central office facility designed
to support a minimum of 80,000 switch ports, served by an all electronic office,
complete  with battery and  generator  back up power and  hurricane  protection;
expansion of the Company's  New York switch to provide a 300% capacity  increase
for growth; and establishment of the Company's first international  transmission
point-of-presence ("POP") at the Vero Beach, Florida cable station.

         The  Company's  owned  switching  systems  and  network  infrastructure
permits the Company to maximize  the portion of its call traffic that is carried
on the Company's  own network  rather than by other  carriers,  and therefore to
realize economies of scale. Switches are digital computerized routing facilities
that receive calls, route calls through  transmission lines to their destination
and record information about the source,  destination and duration of calls. The
Company also uses its computerized  network switching  equipment to continuously
monitor its  network to optimize  the routing of calls over the least cost route
available on its international  network. To maintain  effectiveness and minimize
its costs, TresCom continuously evaluates the addition of new switches, POPs and
other facilities as its customer base expands.

         LEASED CAPACITY AND DIRECT OPERATING AND TRANSIT AGREEMENTS.

         TresCom's  international  network is comprised of leased  capacity from
other carriers and direct  operating and transit  agreements  with PTTs and TAs.
These  arrangements  permit the Company to  transmit  and  terminate  calls over
networks  of  other  carriers.  The  Company's  contracts  with  these  entities
typically have terms ranging from one to five years,  with clauses providing for
negotiated  renewals.  Contracts  with PTTs and TAs typically  have longer terms
than those with domestic United States carriers.

         The Company uses leased  capacity to provide long distance  services in
areas where it does not own  transmission  facilities and to provide  redundancy
where it does own  transmission  facilities.  The  Company's  ability to operate
profitably  depends in part on  planning  the mix of circuits  and  transmission
capacity  to be  leased or used for each  switching  center,  so that  calls are
completed on a cost effective basis without compromising  service,  transmission
quality or  reliability.  As the Company  expands its services  into a new area,
services  are  provided via leased  capacity  from other  carriers on a variable
cost,  usage-sensitive  basis.  When the  volume of  traffic  in the new area is
sufficient to justify  additional  investment,  the Company will enter into long
term  fixed  price   arrangements   such  as  fiber  optic  cable  or  satellite
transmission capacity.

         For international traffic, the Company can terminate traffic via leased
capacity from other carriers or through direct operating agreements with foreign
PTTs and TAs. Direct operating agreements provide for the termination of traffic
in,  and  return  traffic  to,  the  parties'  respective  countries  for mutual
compensation  through negotiated  settlement rates. Direct operating  agreements
between a United  States  based  international  carrier  and a  foreign  carrier
provide that a foreign  carrier will return the same  percentage of total United
States  terminating  traffic as it receives from the United States based carrier
and  also  provide  for  network  coordination  and  accounting  and  settlement
procedures.  In addition to specifying  the terms for  accounting and settlement
procedures, certain of the direct operating agreements to which the Company is a
party also  specify  the  services  to be  provided  (e.g.,  switched  services,
operator-assisted  calls,  debit  card  services),  the  currency  to be used to
determine  payment,  the time of payment and the  duration  of the  arrangement.
These  agreements help to reduce costs on the Company's  network by allowing for
the  termination of calls at rates lower than those  available in some cases and
create  opportunities  for  revenue  enhancement  through  the receipt of return
traffic as well as the  transmission  of traffic on a wholesale  basis for other
carriers and resellers which do not have similar agreements.

         As of  December  31,  1996,  the Company  had 24 direct  operating  and
transit  agreements  with PTTs and TAs.  Currently,  the Company is  negotiating
direct  operating  and  transit  agreements  with PTTs and TAs in certain  other
countries,  although  there can be no assurance that the Company will enter into
such agreements.

         Included  in  the  group  of  carriers  providing  leased  capacity  to
TresCom's  network  are MCI and Sprint,  niche  carriers  with direct  operating
agreements to specific  countries and resellers  with large volume and long term
contracts for international capacity on AT&T, MCI and Sprint facilities.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

 COMPETITION

         The  telecommunications  industry is highly competitive and affected by
rapid regulatory and technological change, as well as, corporate  consolidation.
Examples of industry consolidations are the LDDS WorldCom, Inc./MFS, Inc. merger
and the  contemplated  merger of British  TeleCom and MCI. The Company  believes
that the principal competitive factors in its business include customer service,
pricing,  network  quality,  service  offerings and the  flexibility to adapt to
changing market  conditions.  The Company's  future success will depend upon its
ability to compete with AT&T, MCI, Sprint, LDDS WorldCom and other United States
based and foreign carriers,  many of which have  considerably  greater financial
and other resources than the Company.  Certain of the larger United States based
carriers  have entered  into joint  ventures  with  foreign  carriers to provide
international services. In addition,  certain foreign carriers have entered into
joint ventures with other foreign carriers to provide international services and
have begun to compete or invest in the United States  market,  creating  greater
competitive  pressures on the Company. See "Item 7. Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations  -- Certain  Factors
Which May Affect the Company's Future Results -- Competition."

         The Company believes it competes favorably in its targeted markets, due
to its  bilingual  operator  and billing  services,  competitive  pricing,  high
network quality and broad array of service offerings.  The Company also believes
that its success  will  increasingly  depend on its ability to offer on a timely
basis new services based on evolving technologies and industry standards.  There
can be no assurance that new  technologies  or services will be available to the
Company on favorable terms.

     Regulatory trends have had, and may have in the future, significant effects
on competition in the industry. See "-- Regulatory Environment."

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

         The Company's business  operations are subject to extensive federal and
state  regulation.  Federal laws and  regulations of the Federal  Communications
Commission  (the  "FCC")  apply  to  interstate   telecommunications  (including
international  telecommunications  that  originate  or  terminate  in the United
States),  while particular state regulatory  authorities have  jurisdiction over
telecommunications  originating and terminating  within the same state. The laws
of other  countries  only  directly  apply to carriers  doing  business in those
countries.   Thus,  when  the  Company   conducts   business  with  its  foreign
correspondent, it is affected indirectly by such laws insofar as they affect the
foreign carrier. There can be no assurance that future regulatory,  judicial and
legislative changes will not have a material adverse effect on the Company, that
domestic or  international  regulators or third parties will not raise  material
issues with regard to the Company's  compliance or noncompliance with applicable
regulations  or that  regulatory  activities  will not have a  material  adverse
effect on the  Company.  See "Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  -- Certain  Factors  Which May
Affect the Company's Future Results - Regulatory and Legislative Risks."

         FEDERAL.

         The FCC has  classified  the Company as a  non-dominant  inter-exchange
carrier.  Generally,  the FCC has chosen not to exercise its statutory  power to
closely  regulate the  charges,  practices or  classifications  of  non-dominant
carriers.  Nevertheless,  the FCC acts upon complaints against such carriers for
failure  to  comply  with  statutory   obligations  or  with  the  FCC's  rules,
regulations  and policies.  The FCC also has the power to impose more  stringent
regulatory   requirements   on  the  Company   and  to  change  its   regulatory
classification.  In the current regulatory atmosphere, the Company believes that
the FCC is unlikely to do so.

         Among  domestic  carriers,  only the LECs are  currently  classified as
dominant carriers.  Thus, the FCC regulates many of the LECs' rates, charges and
services to a greater  degree than the Company's.  Until October 1995,  AT&T was
classified as a dominant  carrier but AT&T  successfully  petitioned the FCC for
non-dominant  status  in the  domestic  interstate  and  inter-exchange  market.
Therefore,  certain  pricing  restrictions  that once  applied to AT&T have been
eliminated,  likely making AT&T's prices more  competitive  with the  Company's.
While AT&T is still classified as a dominant carrier for international services,
it has asked the FCC to reclassify it to non-dominant  status for these services
as well.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>
         The  Company  has  the  authority  to  provide   domestic,   interstate
telecommunications  services. The Company has also been granted authority by the
FCC to provide switched  international  telecommunications  services through the
resale of switched  services of United States  facilities  based carriers and to
provide certain international  telecommunications services by acquiring circuits
on various  undersea cables or leasing  certain  satellite  facilities.  The FCC
reserves  the  right  to   condition,   modify  or  revoke  such   domestic  and
international  authority for  violations of the  Communications  Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Communications  Act") or the FCC's regulations,  rules or policies
promulgated  thereunder.  Although the Company  believes the  probability  to be
remote,  a  rescission  by the FCC of the  Company's  domestic or  international
authority or a refusal by the FCC to grant  additional  international  authority
would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         Both  domestic and  international  non-dominant  carriers must maintain
tariffs on file with the FCC. The Company is required to file tariffs containing
detailed actual rate schedules for both its domestic and international  tariffs.
Last year,  the FCC adopted new rules which would  require the Company to cancel
and withdraw its tariffs covering  interstate domestic services by September 22,
1997.  The FCC's order was  appealed  and  effectively  has been stayed  pending
resolution of the appeal.

         As a non-dominant  carrier, the Company is also subject to a variety of
miscellaneous regulations that, among other things, govern the documentation and
verifications  necessary to change a consumer's long distance carrier, limit the
use of "800" numbers,  require certain disclosures  regarding operator services,
limit foreign ownership and control,  and require prior approval of transfers of
control.  For  instance,  the Company  could not continue to hold certain  radio
licenses it now holds if its foreign  ownership  level reaches 25%, unless prior
permission were obtained from the FCC.

         To date,  the FCC has exercised its  regulatory  authority to supervise
closely the rates only of dominant carriers.  However,  the FCC has increasingly
relaxed  its control in this area.  As an example,  the FCC is in the process of
repricing  local access  charges (the fee for the use of the LECs'  transmission
facilities connecting the LECs' central offices and the inter-exchange carrier's
access  point).  In  addition,  the LECs have been  afforded a degree of pricing
flexibility in setting access charges where adequate competition exists, and the
FCC is  considering  certain  proposals  which  would  relax  further LEC access
regulation.  The impact of such repricing and pricing  flexibility on facilities
based inter-exchange carriers, such as the Company, cannot be determined at this
time.

         On February 1, 1996, the United States Congress  enacted  comprehensive
telecommunications  reform  legislation,  which the President signed into law as
the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996 on February 8, 1996. The Telecommunications
Act of  1996  amends  the  Communications  Act to  impose  a  legal  duty on all
telecommunications  carriers  (i) not to prohibit or unduly  restrict  resale of
their services;  (ii) to provide dialing parity and nondiscriminatory  access to
telephone  numbers,  operator  services,   directory  assistance  and  directory
listings;  (iii) to afford access to poles,  ducts,  conduits and rights-of-way;
and (iv) to establish reciprocal compensation arrangements for the transport and
termination of telecommunications.

         In addition, under the terms of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the
Regional  Bell   Operating   Companies  (the  "RBOCs")  are  released  from  the
constraints of the  Modification of Final Judgment,  the judicial consent decree
resulting from the Bell System divestiture. On February 28, 1996, the Department
of Justice recommended that the presiding judge terminate the decree.

         The  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996  transfers  enforcement  of  the
obligations of the Modification of Final Judgment from the District Court to the
FCC,  eliminates some of the restrictions  immediately and creates  requirements
and timetables for the removal of others. As a consequence,  the RBOCs may offer
long distance services outside their local telephone service  territories almost
immediately,  including  international  services which compete with the Company.
Subject to the FCC finding that the necessary  prerequisites  have been met, the
RBOCs will be authorized to provide such services  within their local  telephone
service  areas at some future point.  As a result,  the Company will likely face
additional competition from RBOCs.

         The  FCC has  determined  that  call-back  services  using  uncompleted
call-signaling  violates neither United States domestic nor  international  law.
Call-back  services  involve calls  originating in a foreign country directed in
such a manner as to give the foreign  caller the  advantage of the lower charges
for outbound United States calls. However, United States call-back providers are
not authorized to provide service to customers in countries which expressly have
declared  such  call-back   services  to  be  illegal.   The  FCC  will  receive
documentation from any
                                      -7-
<PAGE>
government  which seeks to place United States carriers on notice that call-back
services using uncompleted call signaling has been expressly declared illegal in
its country.  The Company provides services to resellers and other carriers that
provide  such  call-back  services.  In the event that  call-back  services  are
determined to be illegal in a given country,  the Company may lose revenues that
are derived from call-back services to that country.

         The microwave and satellite communications licenses held by the Company
are subject to FCC regulations.  Such licenses were granted for fixed terms. The
majority of these licenses expire within six years and the remainder will expire
within ten  years.  The  Company  intends to seek  renewal of its  licenses  and
anticipates that they will be renewed in the ordinary course.  Failure to obtain
renewal of its licenses could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         Authorizations  held under Section 214 of the  Communications Act (such
as those held by the Company) for international services traditionally have been
granted for the  provision of services or use of  facilities  between the United
States and countries  specified in the authorizations and may now be granted, in
appropriate  circumstances,  on a global basis.  The Company holds all necessary
Section 214  authorizations  for  conducting  its present  business but may need
additional authority in the future.  Additionally,  carriers may not lease lines
between the United States and an international point for the purpose of offering
switched  services  without the FCC first  determining  that the foreign country
affords  opportunities  to United States carriers  equivalent to those available
under United States law. In addition, if the Company is acting as a reseller, it
cannot provide a service interconnected with the public switched network at only
one end to a  country  that  has not  been  found  equivalent.  Facilities-based
carriers can do so however.  The FCC adopted an Order on February 29, 1996, that
reduced the regulatory  burdens  imposed on  international  carriers,  making it
easier for the Company to provide and expand its international services but also
making it easier for competitive entry by other carriers.

         In  addition,  the FCC has  promulgated  certain  rules  governing  the
offering of  international  switched  telecommunications.  Such calls  typically
involve a bilateral,  correspondent relationship between a carrier in the United
States and a carrier in the foreign country.  Until recently,  the United States
was one of a few countries to allow  multiple  carriers to handle  international
calls;  almost all foreign countries  authorized only a single carrier,  often a
state-owned  monopoly, to provide  telecommunications  services. In light of the
disparate  bargaining  positions of the United States carriers,  the FCC imposed
certain  requirements to try to minimize the opportunities that dominant foreign
telecommunications providers would have to counterpose one United States carrier
against another.  These policies include the  International  Settlement  Policy,
which  requires  that the  accounting  or  settlement  rate for all  carriers be
uniform on parallel routes and traffic  received by a United States carrier from
a foreign  carrier must be  proportional  to the traffic that the United  States
carrier  terminates  to a  foreign  carrier.  The FCC has  adopted  a policy  to
consider  proposals  for  deviation  from  uniform  settlements  in the  case of
countries with competitive  multi-carrier markets.  Separately,  the FCC also is
considering new rules that would require significant reductions in international
settlement  rates.  The Company has numerous  agreements  with foreign  carriers
providing for the handling of switched calls.

         Additionally,  the FCC enforces certain  requirements which derive from
the regulations of the International Telecommunications Union (the "ITU"). These
regulations may further circumscribe the correspondent  relationships  described
above. In addition to settlement rates, these regulations govern certain aspects
of transit  arrangements,  wherein the originating  carrier may contract with an
interim carrier in a second country to terminate service in a third country. The
Company has transit agreements with foreign carriers.  Such agreements may allow
the Company to pay less than the full accounting rate it would have to pay if it
had a direct  operating  agreement with the terminating  country.  However,  the
Company is unaware of any instance in which a  terminating  country has objected
with respect to any of the Company's traffic.  If a terminating  country objects
in the future to such  transit  arrangements,  the  Company  may be  required to
secure alternative arrangements.

         The trade  agreement  reached on February  15, 1997 among the nearly 70
countries  in the World  Trade  Organization  Group on Basic  Telecommunications
Services  ("WTO  Agreement")  also may have an impact on  worldwide  competitive
market  conditions.  Pursuant  to the WTO  Agreement,  which  becomes  effective
January 1, 1998, the United States has made certain commitments to permit access
to the U.S. market by foreign  telecommunications  services  providers.  The FCC
must complete certain  proceedings by the end of the year to review,  and modify
if necessary, its current international  telecommunications policies in light of
U.S. obligations under the WTO Agreement.  These proceedings may address,  among
other issues,  the viability of  equivalency  and other  reciprocity  principles
currently  applicable to  international  facilities  based and resale  services,
foreign
                                      -8-
<PAGE>

 ownership  limitations,  foreign carrier entry into the U.S. market, and
settlement rates.  Correspondingly,  telecommunications  markets in many foreign
countries  are expected to be  significantly  liberalized,  creating  additional
competitive market opportunities for U.S.  telecommunications  operators such as
the Company.

         STATE.

         The  intrastate,  long  distance  telecommunications  operations of the
Company are also subject to various state laws, regulations, rules and policies.
Currently, the Company is certified,  tariffed or otherwise qualified to provide
service in 46 states.  Additionally,  the  Company  provides  service in certain
states  that  do  not  require   certification  or  registration  of  any  form.
Ultimately,  the  Company  intends to obtain  authorization  in all states  that
require certification or registration.

         The  vast  majority  of  states   require  the  Company  to  apply  for
certification   to  provide   telecommunications   services  before   commencing
intrastate  service and to file and maintain  detailed tariffs listing the rates
for intrastate service.  Many states also impose various reporting  requirements
and require prior  approval for all transfers of control of certified  carriers,
assignments  of carrier  assets,  carrier stock  offerings and the incurrence by
carriers of certain debt obligations.  In some states, prior regulatory approval
may be required for acquisitions of telecommunications  operations. In the past,
the Company has sought and  successfully  obtained  such prior  approval for its
acquisitions.

     FOREIGN.

         The Company  provides  international  services by either  reselling the
services  of other  carriers or by entering  into  direct  operating  or transit
agreements  with PTTs and TAs.  Generally,  PTTs' are  state-owned  and operated
monopolies  and TAs are former  PTTs which have been  privatized.  Although  the
services  currently provided by the Company are not directly subject to the laws
of other countries, the foreign carriers with whom the Company conducts business
are  subject to those laws.  Consequently,  any changes to the laws of a country
served by the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

EMPLOYEES

     As of March  17,  1997,  the  Company  had 237  full-time  employees  and 8
part-time  employees.  None of the  Company's  employees  are members of a labor
union or are covered by a collective bargaining  agreement.  Management believes
that the Company's relationship with its employees is good.


ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES.

         The  Company's  headquarters  in Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida  consist  of
approximately  20,600  square  feet of office  space  under  leases  that expire
through   April  2003.  In  addition,   the  Company   leases  an  aggregate  of
approximately  71,000  square  feet  where it  maintains  its sales  offices  or
switches.  The Company's sales offices are located in Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida;
Hollywood,  Florida;  Tampa,  Florida;  New York, New York; Houston,  Texas; Los
Angeles, California;  Guaynabo, Puerto Rico; St. Thomas, U.S.V.I. and St. Croix,
U.S.V.I.;  and its  switches  are  located in Miami,  Florida;  Ft.  Lauderdale,
Florida; New York, New York and Guaynabo, Puerto Rico.

         Management  believes  that the  Company's  present  office  facilities,
together with additional space available under expansion  options,  are adequate
for its operations for the foreseeable  future and that similar additional space
can readily be obtained as needed.

ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

         The Company is from time to time involved in  litigation  incidental to
the conduct of its business.  There is no pending legal  proceeding to which the
Company is a party  which,  in the opinion of Company  management,  is likely to
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition or results
of operations.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

ITEM 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

         None.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  the
executive officers of the Company as of March 17, 1997.

     NAME                 AGE                  POSITION
     ----                 ---                  --------

Wesley T. O'Brien         41     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Rudolph McGlashan         44     Chief Operating Officer and Director
William  A.  Paquin       51     Chief Financial Officer

         WESLEY T. O'BRIEN has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director of
the Company  since January 1996 and has served as President of the Company since
October 1995. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. O'Brien held several  positions
with MCI,  including Vice  President of MCI's Small Business  Division from July
1992 to September 1995 and Director of Product Marketing and Sales from November
1987  to July  1992.  Mr.  O'Brien  has  over  13  years  of  experience  in the
telecommunications industry.

         RUDOLPH  MCGLASHAN,  a co-founder  of the Company,  has served as Chief
Operating  Officer of the Company  since its formation in December 1993 and as a
Director of the Company  since  August 1995.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.
McGlashan  was Vice  President of Network  Engineering  and  Operations  of LDDS
Communications,  Inc.  (now known as WorldCom,  Inc.) from April 1992 to October
1993.  From May 1989 to April 1992,  Mr.  McGlashan was Senior Vice President of
Advanced  Telecommunications  Corporation.  Mr.  McGlashan  has over 25 years of
experience in the telecommunications industry.

     WILLIAM  A.  PAQUIN has served as Chief  Financial  Officer of the  Company
since  April  1996.  Prior to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Paquin  was the Vice
President,  Finance of the International Division of MCI from June 1987 to April
1996. Mr. Paquin served as the Controller of the  International  Division of MCI
from March 1985 to June 1987.  Mr. Paquin has over 12 years of experience in the
telecommunications industry. Mr. Paquin is a Certified Public Accountant.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

         The  Company's  common  stock,  par value  $0.0419  per share  ("Common
Stock"),  commenced  trading on February 8, 1996, on the Nasdaq  National Market
("NNM")  under the  symbol  "TRES".  The 1996 high and low sales  prices for the
Common  Stock as reported by the NNM from  February 8, 1996 (the date the Common
Stock  commenced  trading)  to March 31,  1996 and for the three full  quarterly
periods thereafter are as follows:

                                                  HIGH             LOW
                                                  ----             ---

     First  Quarter  (February 8 to March 31)    $ 16 5/8        $ 13 1/4
     Second quarter 1996                           20 1/4           9
     Third quarter 1996                            13 1/4           7 1/2
     Fourth quarter 1996                           14               7


         On March 17, 1997,  there were  approximately 49 shareholders of record
of the  Common  Stock.  The  Company  believes  that  it has  in  excess  of 300
beneficial owners.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

         The Company has not  declared or paid any cash  dividends on its Common
Stock since its  formation  and does not  presently  anticipate  paying any cash
dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.  The Company currently
intends to retain any future  earnings to finance the  expansion  and  continued
development of its business. The Company has a $5.0 million credit facility with
a commercial bank (the "Credit Facility") which contains certain restrictions on
its ability to declare or pay dividends, except stock dividends, during the term
of the agreement.  In addition to restrictions  under the Credit  Facility,  the
Company's  ability to declare and pay cash  dividends  may,  in the  future,  be
affected by the ability of the  Company's  present  and future  subsidiaries  to
declare and pay dividends or otherwise transfer funds to the Company because the
Company conducts  substantially all of its operations  through its subsidiaries.
Subject to the  restrictions  contained  in the Credit  Facility  and any future
limitations,  the payment of cash  dividends  on the Common Stock will be within
the sole discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon the
earnings, capital requirements and financial position of the Company, applicable
requirements  of  the  Florida   Business   Corporation  Act,  general  economic
conditions  and other  factors  considered  relevant by the  Company's  Board of
Directors.

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following selected consolidated  financial data for the Company and
the Predecessors should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and
notes  thereto and "Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".  The selected consolidated  financial data
of the  Combined  Predecessors,  the Combined  Predecessors  and Company and the
Company  presented  below under  "Statement  of  Operations  Data" for the ended
December  31, 1993,  the period from  January 1, 1994 to November 30, 1994,  the
year ended December 31, 1994 for both the Combined  Predecessors and Company and
the  Company and the year ended  December  31, 1995 and 1996 for the Company and
"Balance Sheet Data" as of December 31, 1994,  1995 and 1996,  have been derived
from the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Company  and the
Predecessors.  The selected consolidated  financial data as of December 31, 1992
and 1993 and for the year ended  December 31,  1992,  have been derived from the
unaudited  financial  statements  of the  Company  and the  Predecessors,  which
include all adjustments the Company considers  necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial information set forth therein.

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA AND REVENUE PER MINUTE OF USE)



                                   --------------------------------------- ------------- ---------- ---------------------
                                                                             COMBINED
                                                                           PREDECESSORS
                                                                                AND
                                               COMBINED PREDECESSORS          COMPANY            COMPANY
                                   --------------------------------------- ------------- --------------------------------
                                                             PERIOD FROM
                                                              JANUARY 1,       YEAR
                                                               1994 TO        ENDED
                                            YEAR ENDED       NOVEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,             YEAR ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31,                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                   ------------------------- ------------- ------------- ---------- ---------------------

                                         1992     1993(1)         1994(2)    1994(3)      1994(4)       1995       1996
                                         ----     -------        --------    -------      -------       ----       ----
<S>                                    <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>

 STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues......................         $20,217     $27,900       $18,871     $  50,290   $ 31,419   $102,641   $ 139,621
 Cost of services..............          12,975      15,994        11,802        32,603     20,801     74,679     106,928
                                        -------     -------       -------     ---------   --------   --------   ---------
 Gross profit..................           7,242      11,906         7,069        17,687     10,618     27,962      32,693
 Selling, general and 
 administrative ...............           4,269      11,078         7,222        29,432     22,210     32,437      30,808 
 Depreciation and amortization.             411         602           252         2,156     1,904       3,961       4,928
                                        -------     -------       -------     ---------   --------   --------   ---------
                                                                                           
 Operating income (loss).......           2,562         226         (405)      (13,901)    (13,496)    (8,436)     (3,043)
 Interest (income) expense, net            (96)         134          134           687         553      3,191         578
 Other (income) expense, net ..              --         (4)           --             6           6         --          --
                                        -------     -------       -------     ---------   --------   --------   ---------
 Net income (loss) before taxes
   and extraordinary item......           2,658         96          (539)      (14,594)    (14,055)   (11,627)     (3,621)
 Provision for income taxes....             144         99            13            13          --         --          --
                                        -------     -------      --------     --------    --------   --------   ---------
 Income (loss) before
   extraordinary item..........           2,514         (3)         (552)      (14,607)    (14,055)   (11,627)     (3,621)
 Extraordinary item............              --         --            --            --          --         --       1,956
 Net income (loss) ............         $ 2,514     $   (3)      $  (552)     $(14,607)   $(14,055)  $(11,627)  $  (5,577)
                                        =======     =======      ========     =========   ========   ========   =========
 Weighted average number of
  shares of common stock and
  common stock equivalents 
  outstanding(5) ..............                                                                         7,696     11,169
 Loss per share of Common
   Stock(5)(6).................                                                                      $  (1.51)  $   (.50)

 OPERATING DATA:
 Minutes of use................                                    81,724       175,568     93,843    330,296     455,481
 Revenue per minute of use.....                                 $     .23     $     .29   $    .33   $    .31   $     .31
 EBITDA(7).....................         $ 2,973     $  828      $    (153)    $  (6,299)  $ (6,146)  $ (4,336)  $   3,149



                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 COMBINED
                                                               PREDECESSORS
                                   COMBINED PREDECESSORS       AND COMPANY                  COMPANY
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             
                                          DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,                DECEMBER 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1992    1993(1)          1994(3)       1994(4)         1995         1996
                                         ----    -------          -------       -------         ----         ----
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash.............................          $958    $1,786               --          --     $  2,052      $  6,020
Working capital (deficiency).....         1,106       122          $(8,674)    $(8,674)     (30,012)        8,201
Total assets.....................        12,233    13,718            61,565      61,565       72,630      101,610
Long-term obligations due within 
  one year.......................           462     1,408               174         174       25,290          871
Long-term obligations............         1,000     8,817            26,114      26,114          702        3,965
Stockholders' equity (deficit)...         7,130   (2,147)            14,875      14,875       21,508       67,322

- ----------------------------

(1)  Includes  approximately  $25 of start-up costs incurred by the Company from
     its formation on December 8, 1993 through December 31, 1993.

(2)  Includes operations for STSJ from January 1, 1994 through February 22, 1994
     and operations for TTI from January 1, 1994 through November 30, 1994.

(3)  Includes results of operations or period-end  amounts,  as applicable,  for
     each of the Company and the Predecessors,  as if the acquisition of each of
     the Predecessors had occurred on January 1, 1994. See "Item 7. Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
     Summary"  and  Note 3 of the  Company's  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements.

(4)  Includes  results of  operations  for STSJ from  February  23, 1994 through
     December 31, 1994 and results of  operations  for TTI from December 1, 1994
     through December 31, 1994.

(5)  Computed  on the  basis  described  in  Note 2 of the  Company's  Notes  to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.

(6)  Assuming the repayment of certain  obligations,  including accrued interest
     outstanding  on December 31, 1995 ($35.8  million) as if repaid on the date
     incurred or the  beginning  of the  period,  whichever  is later,  with the
     proceeds from the sale of Common Stock, supplemental net loss per share for
     the year ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 would have been $1.33 and $.22.

(7)  As used herein, "EBITDA" is defined as net income or loss PLUS depreciation
     expense,  amortization  expense,  interest expense,  income taxes and other
     non-cash charges, MINUS extraordinary income and gains and non-cash income,
     if any, and PLUS  extraordinary  losses,  if any.  EBITDA also  includes an
     adjustment  of  $5,446  associated  with  the  revaluation  of an  acquired
     customer  base for the  Combined  Predecessors  and Company and the Company
     during  1994.  While EBITDA  should not be  construed  as a substitute  for
     operating  income  or a better  measure  of  liquidity  than cash flow from
     operating  activities,  which are  determined in accordance  with generally
     accepted accounting principles, it is included herein to provide additional
     information  regarding  the  ability of the Company to meet its future debt
     service,  capital expenditures and working capital requirements.  EBITDA is
     not necessarily a measure of the Company's ability to fund its cash needs.

</TABLE>

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

SUMMARY

         TresCom is a facilities based long distance  telecommunications carrier
focused on international long distance traffic originating in the United States.
The Company offers a broad array of  competitively  priced  services,  including
long distance,  calling cards,  prepaid debit cards,  domestic and international
toll-free  calling,  frame relay and bilingual  operator  services.  The Company
derives its  revenues by providing  international  and  domestic  long  distance
services on a wholesale basis to other telecommunications carriers and resellers
and on a retail basis to residential and commercial  customers,  ranging in size
from small  businesses to Fortune 500 companies.  Service  revenues are based on
minutes of use and charged at a rate per minute  which  varies  according to the
termination  point of the traffic and time of day.  All  revenues  are billed in
United States dollars.

         Since its  formation,  the Company has expanded its revenues,  customer
base and network through internal growth and  acquisitions.  The following table
provides a chronology of significant acquisitions completed by the Company:

                                                                       CASH
                                                                   CONSIDERATION
ACQUISITIONS                                   DATE                    PAID
- ------------                               ------------          --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
The St. Thomas and San Juan
 Telephone Company, Inc. ...........       February 1994                 $17,035
IDB Communications Group,
 Inc. Puerto Rico customer base ....       June 1994                       3,600
Virgin Islands Tele-Com, Inc.
 customer base .....................       July 1994                       2,250
Total Telecommunications, Inc. .....       November 1994                  22,610

     The Company seeks to continue to expand its revenues  from internal  growth
through four distinct sales  channels:  (i) direct sales efforts;  (ii) an agent
sales network;  (iii) ethnic focused telemarketing  programs; and (iv) wholesale
sales activities.  In addition,  the Company is constantly  evaluating potential
acquisition  opportunities.  The Company  believes that it has  established  the
network, operations,  customer service,  infrastructure and systems necessary to
support its expanding sales and customer base for the foreseeable future.

     During 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company's  revenues were derived  primarily
from  wholesale  sales.  In 1996,  increased  competition  drove down  wholesale
prices. Because of changing market conditions, the Company intends to manage its
rate of growth to ensure continued  profitability in the wholesale division. The
Company intends to continue to pursue a growth strategy designed to leverage its
network capabilities and further expand its retail sales distribution  channels.
The  Company  also  intends to continue  to pursue its  strategy  of  increasing
revenues derived from retail customers. The Company intends to continue to focus
its sales and marketing  efforts on customers with  significant  southbound long
distance traffic. These customers include businesses with sales or operations in
Latin America and the rapidly growing Hispanic population in the United States.

     Cost of services  includes those costs associated with the transmission and
termination of services over the Company's  international network.  Transmission
and termination costs are the Company's most significant expense and the Company
seeks  to  lower  these  costs  through:  (i)  increasing  volume  on its  owned
facilities, thereby spreading the allocation of fixed costs over a larger number
of minutes;  (ii) negotiating lower cost direct operating and transit agreements
with PTTs and TAs; and (iii) optimizing the routing of calls over the least cost
route on its international  network.  Consistent with its strategy of maximizing
traffic carried on the Company's own network, the Company significantly expanded
its network switch capacity in 1996.

     The majority of the Company's  cost of services is variable and consists of
payments for leased  capacity  from other  carriers and payments to PTTs and TAs
with which the Company has direct operating and transit agreements. See "Item 1.
Business -- Leased Capacity and Direct Operating and Transit  Agreements." Under
its direct  operating  agreements,  the  Company  agrees to send  United  States
originated  traffic  to the  PTTs  or TAs and the  PTTs or TAs  agree  to send a
proportionate amount of return traffic at agreed upon accounting rates. If there
is an  imbalance  in the  volume of traffic  sent and  received  in return,  the
carrier that  originates  more traffic pays for the difference to compensate the
other carrier.  The difference is the  settlement  payment.  Under the Company's
direct

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

operating  agreements,  the Company's net  settlement  revenues and payments are
denominated in United States dollars.

     The  Company's  profitability  is  driven  by the  difference  between  net
revenues  and the cost of leased  capacity and  settlement  payments to PTTs and
TAs. In order to minimize the costs of leased capacity and settlement  payments,
the Company  utilizes a Least Cost Routing  ("LCR") system  designed to transmit
the Company's traffic over the least cost route choice on its network.  Based on
FCC data for the period from 1989 through 1995, per minute  settlement  payments
from United  States  carriers to PTTs and TAs have  declined at a  significantly
faster  rate than per minute  billed  revenues.  Due to the WTO  Agreement,  the
Company  expects this trend to  continue.  See "Item 1.  Business --  Regulatory
Environment -- Federal."

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

     REVENUES.  Revenues increased 36.1%, or $37.0 million,  from $102.6 million
in 1995 to $139.6 million in 1996 due to a 37.9% increase in minutes of use from
330.3 million in 1995 to 455.5  million in 1996,  offset in part by a fractional
decrease in average  revenue per minute  resulting from pricing  pressures and a
change in the mix of international  terminations.  In 1996, approximately 80% of
the  Company's  revenue was derived from  international  traffic  compared  with
approximately 75% in 1995.  Historically,  international traffic has commanded a
higher per minute rate than domestic traffic, however this gap is decreasing due
to increased international competition.

     COSTS OF SERVICES.  Costs of services  increased  43.1%,  or $32.2 million,
from $74.7 million in 1995 to $106.9  million in 1996.  This  increase  resulted
from a greater percentage of international traffic in 1996 (approximately 80.0%)
compared to 1995  (approximately  75.0%) as discussed above. The cost per minute
also  increased  in  absolute  terms due to higher  cost  countries  within  the
international mix.

     GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit  increased  16.8%, or $4.7 million,  from $28.0
million in 1995 to $32.7  million in 1996.  As a percentage  of revenues,  gross
profit  decreased  from  27.3% in 1995 to 23.4% in  1996.  The  primary  factors
contributing  to the increase in gross profit are the  Company's mix of business
and  continued  international   competitive  pressures  as  described  above  in
"Revenues" and "Costs of Services".

     SELLING,   GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE.   Selling,   general  and
administrative  expense  decreased 4.9%, or $1.6 million,  from $32.4 million in
1995 to $30.8  million in 1996.  The 1995  selling,  general and  administrative
expense  reflects a $4.1 million charge for a settlement  with a major customer,
and a $1.7 million charge for expenses  relating to Hurricane Marilyn (which hit
St.  Thomas,  a  significant  base of operations  for the Company,  in September
1995). The 1996 expense reflects a $1.5 million  promotional credit for services
rendered  by  a  vendor  and  $.6  million   associated  with  a  one-time  cash
compensation charge relating to changes in executive  management during the year
(see Notes 10 and 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements).  After
giving effect to these items, selling,  general and administrative expense, as a
percentage of revenues, decreased from 26% in 1995 to 22.7% in 1996.

     DEPRECIATION  AND  AMORTIZATION.   Depreciation  and  amortization  expense
increased  22.5%,  or $.9 million,  from $4.0 million in 1995 to $4.9 million in
1996. The increased  expense is due to  depreciation  of assets  acquired during
1996 to support  continued  expansion  of the  Company's  network and  corporate
infrastructure.

     INTEREST, NET. Interest expense, net decreased 81.2%, or $2.6 million, from
$3.2 million in 1995 to $.6 million in 1996.  The  decrease is primarily  due to
the  repayment of  borrowings  under a Bank  Facility  between  TresCom  Network
Services,  Inc.  ("TNS"),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and a
commercial  bank (the "Bank  Facility")  and due to the  repayment of borrowings
from a major shareholder, each in February 1996.

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

     EXTRAORDINARY ITEM. The extraordinary expense in 1996 of $2.0 million was a
result of the early extinguishment of $35.8 million of indebtedness in February.
Approximately  $1.5 million was  attributable to debt and warrants  payable to a
major shareholder of the Company and $.4 million was related to the write-off of
deferred financing costs associated with the Bank Facility.

     NET LOSS. Net loss decreased 51.7%, or $6.0 million,  from $11.6 million in
1995 to $5.6 million in 1996 due to the above factors.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.

     FOR PURPOSES OF THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION,  THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
INCLUDES 12 MONTHS OF  OPERATIONS  FOR EACH OF THE COMPANY,  STSJ AND TTI, AS IF
THE ACQUISITIONS OF STSJ AND TTI HAD BEEN COMPLETED ON JANUARY 1, 1994.

     REVENUES.  Revenues increased 104.0%, or $52.3 million,  from $50.3 million
in 1994 to $102.6  million in 1995 due to an  increase in minutes of use as well
as an increase in average revenue per minute  resulting from a change in the mix
of  business.  Minutes of use grew  88.1%  from  175.6  million in 1994 to 330.3
million in 1995 and average revenue per minute  increased 6.9% from $.29 in 1994
to $.31 in 1995.

     COST OF SERVICES. Cost of services increased 129.1%, or $42.1 million, from
$32.6 million in 1994 to $74.7 million in 1995.  Approximately  $37.1 million of
the increase was due to increased minutes of use by the Company's  customers and
$5.0  million was due to network  cost  increases  experienced  in the first and
second  quarters of 1995 resulting from the  replacement of an exclusive  vendor
for  virtually  all  of  the  Company's   leased   capacity  for   international
terminations.  As a result, the Company incurred  additional cost of services in
the first and  second  quarters  of 1995 in the amount of $4.1  million  and $.9
million, respectively, reflecting the additional network expense incurred by the
Company  until  it was  able to  secure  replacement  leased  capacity  on terms
substantially equivalent to that provided to the Company by the previous vendor.
As a percentage of revenues,  cost of services  increased  from 64.8% in 1994 to
72.8% in 1995, resulting primarily from the increase in network costs due to the
replacement of the vendor discussed above.

     GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased  58.2%, or $10.3 million,  from $17.7
million in 1994 to $28.0 million in 1995, due to the reasons  discussed above in
"Revenues"  and "Cost of Services."  As a percentage  of revenues,  gross profit
decreased  from 35.2% in 1994 to 27.3% in 1995,  primarily  due to network  cost
increases resulting from the replacement of the vendor discussed above.

     SELLING,   GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE.   Selling,   general  and
administrative  expense increased 47.3%, or $10.4 million, from $22.0 million in
1994 to $32.4  million in 1995.  The $10.4  million  increase  was due to a $4.1
million charge in the first quarter of 1995  attributable to a settlement with a
major  customer,  a $1.7 million  charge  during the fourth  quarter of 1995 for
expenses  relating to Hurricane  Marilyn which hit St. Thomas in September  1995
and a $4.6 million charge due to the addition of  infrastructure  principally in
engineering and operations, customer service, management information systems and
finance,  as well as variable costs associated with higher revenues and non-cash
charges  related to deferred  compensation.  In addition,  the Company  recorded
charges  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  1994  in  the  amounts  of  $2.0  million
attributable to certain bad debt and $1.2 million  related to the  consolidation
of  corporate  functions  and  installation  and  conversion  of  the  Company's
information  systems.  As  a  percentage  of  revenues,   selling,  general  and
administrative expense decreased from 43.7% in 1994 to 31.6% in 1995.

     DEPRECIATION  AND  AMORTIZATION  EXPENSE.   Depreciation  and  amortization
expense  increased by 81.8%, or $1.8 million,  from $2.2 million in 1994 to $4.0
million in 1995. The $1.8 million increase was due to the depreciation of assets
acquired during 1995 to support continued expansion of the Company's network and
corporate infrastructure.

     INTEREST,  NET. Interest expense increased $2.5 million from $.7 million in
1994 to $3.2 million in 1995. The increase is primarily due to interest  expense
associated with borrowings under the Bank Facility, which was not in place until
the  fourth  quarter  of  1994,  and due to  interest  expense  associated  with
borrowings from a major shareholder of the Company.

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

     NET INCOME (LOSS).  Net loss decreased $3.0 million from ($14.6) million in
1994 to ($11.6) million in 1995 due to the above factors.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company's  liquidity  requirements  arise from working  capital  needs,
primarily the costs associated with maintenance of switching  capacity,  cost of
services and interest and principal  payments on outstanding  indebtedness.  The
Company is a holding  company,  the  principal  assets of which are the  capital
stock of TresCom U.S.A., Inc., Global Telephone Holdings, Inc., TNS and STSJ and
has no  independent  means of generating  revenues.  As a holding  company,  the
Company's internal sources of funds to meet its cash needs, including payment of
expenses,  are  dividends  and other  permitted  payments  from its  direct  and
indirect subsidiaries.  Historically, the Company's working capital requirements
have been funded primarily from the sale of equity  securities,  bank borrowings
and loans from shareholders.

     During the first  quarter of 1996,  the  Company  completed  changes to its
capital  structure  which  significantly  improved its  financial  position.  In
February  1996,  the Company  sold  4,545,455  shares of its Common  Stock in an
initial  public  offering  which  generated  approximately  $48.6 million in net
proceeds. Concurrent with the initial public offering, the Company converted all
outstanding  shares of its outstanding  preferred stock,  including  accrued and
unpaid dividends  thereon,  into Common Stock. The Company used a portion of the
net proceeds from the initial public offering to repay all of its short-term and
long-term debt obligations then outstanding.

     TNS had borrowed  $24.2 million  under the Bank Facility  which was used to
fund the  acquisition  of TTI, to refinance  existing  indebtedness,  to provide
working capital and to fund general corporate purposes of the Company.  The Bank
Facility was secured by security  interests in substantially  all of the present
and future property,  assets and rights of the Company and its subsidiaries.  In
February  1996, the Company repaid all  outstanding  amounts  borrowed under the
Bank Facility.  During the first quarter of 1996, the Company  recorded a charge
to interest expense in the approximate  amount of $.5 million to reflect,  as a
liability,  the current net settlement value of the interest rate swap agreement
and the interest rate cap  agreement  which the Company was required to maintain
under the terms of the Bank Facility (the "Instruments"). In September, when the
net settlement  value of the Instruments was $.3 million,  the Instruments were
paid off in full.

     In December 1996, the Company  established the Credit Facility.  The Credit
Facility,  as  amended  on March 27,  1997,  includes  standard  debt  covenants
relating to financial  position and performance,  as well as restrictions on the
declaration  and payment of  dividends.  The Company is currently in  compliance
with all  covenants  under the Credit  Facility.  As of December 31, 1996,  $1.1
million was utilized to provide letters of credit to certain vendors. During the
first quarter of 1997, an additional $.9 million was utilized to provide letters
of credit and $2.5  million  was drawn down  under the Credit  Facility  to fund
current obligations. As of March 17, 1997, $.5 million remains available.

     During the third quarter of 1996,  the Company  established a  relationship
with a  commercial  bank to  provide  $5.4  million  of asset  financing.  As of
December 31, 1996,  the Company had utilized $4.3 million for capital  projects.
The additional $1.1 million remains available for 1997 capital expenditures.

     The Company  currently  has  construction  commitments  of $2.5 million and
projected  maintenance  costs of $.2 million for undersea  cable systems  during
1997. Pending available financing, the Company has identified approximately $8.0
million to $10.0 million of additional annual capital  expenditures  designed to
expand the  Company's  operations.  The Company is currently  reviewing  various
alternative  financing  arrangements.  There can be no assurance,  however, that
such alternative financing arrangements will be available,  or if available,  on
terms acceptable to the Company.

     Based  on  management's   projections,   the  Company   anticipates  having
sufficient  funds for its needs. If additional  funds are needed and sources are
not  available,  the  Company's  business  and  results of  operations  could be
materially  adversely  affected.  The Company has  retained  the  services of an
investment  banking  firm to assist in actively  seeking  alternative  means for
financing or identifying strategic partners.

     From time to time,  the Company  evaluates  acquisitions  of businesses and
customer bases which  complement  the business of the Company.  Depending on the
cash   requirements   of  potential   transactions,   the

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

Company may finance transactions with cash flow from operations,  or the Company
may raise additional funds by pursuing  various  financing  vehicles such as new
bank  financing or one or more public  offerings,  or private  placements of the
Company's  securities.  The  Company,  however,  has no  present  understanding,
commitment  or agreement  with respect to any  acquisition,  and there can be no
assurance that any such acquisition will occur, or that the funds to finance any
such acquisition will be available on reasonable terms or at all.

INCOME TAXES.

     The Company did not have a material  cash  requirement  for income taxes in
1996.

     The Company has generated significant net operating losses ("NOLs") both in
Puerto  Rico and in the United  States.  These NOLs may be  available  to offset
future  taxable  income,  subject  to  the  limitations  discussed  below.  STSJ
generated NOL carryforwards totaling $3.4 million in Puerto Rico before the date
on which it was acquired by the Company ("Puerto Rico preacquisition NOLs"). The
Company has  generated  NOLs  totaling $3.8 million in Puerto Rico ("Puerto Rico
postacquisition NOLS"), $2.1 million in the U.S.V.I. ("U.S.V.I.  postacquisition
NOLS") and $11.4 million in the United States  ("United  States  postacquisition
NOLs") since  February 22, 1994. The Puerto Rico  preacquisition  NOLs expire in
the years 1997 through 2000, the Puerto Rico  postacquisition NOLs expire in the
years 2001  through  2003 and the  U.S.V.I.  postacquisition  NOLs expire in the
years 2010 through 2011, while the United States  postacquisition NOLs expire in
the years 2009  through  2011.  The  availability  of the NOL  carryforwards  is
subject to certain  factual and legal  uncertainties  relating to the  reporting
positions of the Company and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue
Service will not require the NOL carryforwards to be reduced.

     Upon certain changes in the ownership of the Company's stock occurring over
a three-year  measuring  period,  the Company's ability to use its United States
postacquisition  NOLs would become subject to an annual limitation under Section
382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Under Section
382 of the Code, if an ownership  change  occurs,  the  Company's  United States
postacquisition  NOLs  would be  subject  to an annual  limitation,  subject  to
adjustment for certain recognized built-in gains in an amount equal to the total
value of the Company on the day preceding the ownership change times the highest
adjusted  Federal  long-term  rate for the three months  preceding the ownership
change.  The Puerto  Rico  preacquisition  NOLs are not  subject to  limitations
imposed under Section 382 of the Code.

     On July 17, 1989,  the  Industrial  Development  Commission of the U.S.V.I.
granted STSJ tax benefits to cover long distance  telecommunications services in
the U.S.V.I.  These benefits include a 100% exemption from gross receipts taxes,
a 100% exemption from real property taxes, a 90% exemption from income taxes and
a 100%  exemption  from  various  excise  taxes.  These tax  benefits  are for a
ten-year period effective January 1, 1989. There are various  conditions to such
grant,  including the employment of a minimum of six employees.  In addition, at
least 80% of all employees of STSJ must be U.S.V.I. residents.

CERTAIN FACTORS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S FUTURE RESULTS

     LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY;  ABILITY TO MANAGE  GROWTH.  The Company has a
limited  operating history and has incurred  significant  losses from operations
since its  inception.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will become
profitable.  Since its formation,  the Company has required substantial capital.
The Company's growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands
on the Company's financial and other resources.  If the Company's  management is
unable to manage  growth  effectively  or new  employees  are  unable to achieve
anticipated  performance  levels,  the Company's  results of operations could be
adversely affected.

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

     COMPETITION.  The  telecommunications  industry is highly  competitive  and
affected by rapid  regulatory and  technological  change.  The Company's  future
success will depend upon its ability to compete  with AT&T,  MCI,  Sprint,  LDDS
WordCom and other United States based and foreign  carriers,  many of which have
considerably greater financial and other resources than the Company.  Certain of
the larger  United States based  carriers have entered into joint  ventures with
foreign carriers to provide international services. In addition, certain foreign
carriers have entered into joint ventures with other foreign carriers to provide
international  services and have begun to compete or invest in the United States
market,  creating greater competitive  pressures on the Company.  The ability of
the Company to compete  effectively  will depend on its ability to provide  high
quality service at competitive prices.

     REGULATORY AND LEGISLATIVE RISKS. Federal  regulations,  regulatory actions
and court  decisions have had, and may have in the future,  negative  effects on
the Company and its ability to compete.  The Company is subject to regulation by
the FCC and the regulations  promulgated by the FCC are subject to change in the
future.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  future  regulatory,  judicial  and
legislative changes will not have a material adverse effect on the Company, that
regulators  or third parties will not raise  material  issues with regard to the
Company's  compliance  or  noncompliance  with  applicable  regulations  or that
regulatory  activities  will not have a material  adverse effect on the Company.
The Company is also subject to state  regulation that varies by jurisdiction and
is subject  to  change.  For  example,  the  Company  must  obtain and  maintain
certificates  of public  convenience  and necessity  from most state  regulatory
authorities where it offers intrastate long distance services. In most cases, it
must also file tariffs for its intrastate  offerings.  There can be no assurance
that the  Company  will not  experience  difficulties  or  delays  in  obtaining
necessary state authorizations in the future or that such difficulties or delays
will not adversely  affect the Company's  business.  The  multiplicity  of state
regulations  makes full  compliance  with all such  regulations  a challenge for
companies such as the Company which have certain business activities in numerous
states.  There can be assurance that  regulators or third parties will not raise
material issues with regard to the Company's  compliance or  noncompliance  with
applicable  regulations or that  regulatory  activities will not have a material
adverse  effect on the  Company.  Additionally,  many  states are  relaxing  the
regulatory restrictions currently imposed on the LECs. There can be no assurance
that  future  regulatory,  judicial  and  legislative  changes  will  not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

     The services  currently provided by the Company are not directly subject to
laws of other  countries,  but the  foreign  carriers  with  which  the  Company
conducts business are subject to those laws. For instance,  the Company's use of
transit  agreements  may be affected by  regulations in either the transitted or
the terminating foreign jurisdiction.  Certain countries are considering opening
up their  markets to  competition.  In the process,  they may impose  regulatory
requirements that could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  DIASTERS.  Areas in which the  Company  conducts  its
business may be affected by natural diasters (including  hurricanes and tropical
storms) as evidenced  by  Hurricane  Marilyn,  which  struck  certain  Caribbean
islands, including St. Thomas and Puerto Rico, in September 1995. The occurrence
of future  hurricanes,  tropical storms and other natural disasters could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's  business resulting from damages to the
Company's network facilities or from curtailed  telephone traffic resulting from
effects of such events, such as destruction of homes and businesses.

     UNAVAILABILITY  OF LEASED  CAPACITY;  CHANGES IN TECHNOLOGY.  The Company's
profitability  will depend, in part, on its ability to obtain and utilize leased
capacity on a  cost-effective  basis,  on its ability to anticipate and adapt to
rapid technological changes occurring in the telecommunications  industry and on
its ability to offer,  on a timely basis,  services that meet evolving  industry
standards.  There can be no assurance that leased  capacity will be available at
cost-effective  rates in the future or that the Company will be able to adapt to
such technological changes or offer such products on a timely basis.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The  following  statements  are filed as part of this Annual  Report on
Form 10-K:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 FORM 10-K
                                                                                                 PAGE NO.
                                                                                                 ----------

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
  TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.:

        <S>                                                                                        <C>    

         Report of Independent Auditors....................................................          20

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995......................          21

         Consolidated Statements of Operations for  the years ended December 31, 1996 1995
           and 1994........................................................................          22

         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
           December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994................................................          23

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996,  1995
           and 1994........................................................................          24

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................          25

  THE ST. THOMAS AND SAN JUAN TELEPHONE COMPANY, INC.:

         Report of Independent Auditors....................................................          37

         Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from January 1 to February 22,          
           1994............................................................................          38

         Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from January 1 to February 22,          
           1994............................................................................          39
                                                                                                     
         Notes to Consolidated Statement of Operations and Cash Flows......................          40

  TOTAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.:

         Report of Independent Auditors....................................................          42

         Statement of Income for the eleven months ended November 30, 1994.................          43


         Statement of Cash Flows for the eleven months ended November 30, 1994.............          44


         Notes to Statement of Income and Cash Flows.......................................          45

  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

         Report of Independent Auditors....................................................          47

         Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts...................................          48

         All other  schedules are omitted  because they are  inapplicable or the
         requested information is shown in the consolidated financial statements
         or related notes.

</TABLE>

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
TresCom International, Inc.

         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TresCom
International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 1996 and
1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,
1996.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TresCom
International,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  at  December  31, 1996 and 1995 and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended  December 31,  1996,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

                                                   ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 27, 1997

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>


                                                 TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                           ASSETS
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                    1996            1995
                                                                                                -------------- ---------------

                                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                                                     AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                               <C>             <C>         

Current assets:
  Cash...........................................................................                  $    6,020      $    2,052
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
     $7,588 and $4,140, respectively.............................................                      29,063          17,054
  Other current assets...........................................................                       3,441           1,302
                                                                                                -------------- ---------------
     Total current assets........................................................                      38,524          20,408
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Transmission and communications equipment......................................                      24,691          14,001
  Furniture, fixtures and other..................................................                       5,600           3,494
                                                                                                -------------- ---------------
                                                                                                       30,291          17,495
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.................................                      (5,755)         (2,716)
                                                                                                -------------- ---------------
                                                                                                       24,536          14,779
Other assets:
  Customer bases, net of accumulated amortization of $1,358 and
    $6,612, respectively.........................................................                       3,806           3,092
  Excess of cost over net assets of businesses acquired, net of
    accumulated amortization of $2,368 and $1,371, respectively..................                      34,260          33,313
  Other..........................................................................                         484           1,038
                                                                                                -------------- ---------------
Total assets.....................................................................                    $101,610       $  72,630
                                                                                                ============== ===============

                                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable...............................................................                  $    2,758       $   1,613
  Accrued network costs..........................................................                      19,546          11,585
  Other accrued expenses.........................................................                       5,395           3,459
  Long-term obligations due within one year......................................                         817          25,290
  Notes payable to stockholder...................................................                          --           8,179
  Deferred revenue and other current liabilities.................................                       1,807             294
                                                                                                -------------- ---------------
     Total current liabilities...................................................                      30,323          50,420
 Long-term obligations (Notes 4 and 5)............................................                      3,965             702

Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred  stock,  $.01 par  value,  1,000,000  shares  authorized,  including
    accrued undeclared dividends (Notes 2 and 6):
      Series A, no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding;
        180,617 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding ......................                       --             21,807
      Series B, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding; 200,000 shares
        authorized, 104,444 shares issued and outstanding .......................                       --             11,620
      Series C, no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding;
        151,421 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding.......................                       --             16,750
  Common stock, $.0419 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized;
       11,804,675 shares issued and outstanding; 2,386,663 shares issued
       and outstanding ..........................................................                      493                100
  Deferred compensation..........................................................                     (808)              (657)
  Additional paid-in capital.....................................................                  106,140              4,124
  Accumulated deficit............................................................                  (38,503)           (32,236)
                                                                                     ---------------------- ------------------
Total stockholders' equity.......................................................                   67,322             21,508
                                                                                     ---------------------- ------------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......................................                 $101,610          $  72,630
                                                                                     ====================== ==================

                                                   See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                          Twelve months ended December 31,
                                                                         1996             1995                1994
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                  <C>                <C>                <C>    

 Revenues................................................             $  139,621        $   102,641        $    31,419
 Cost of services........................................                106,928             74,679             20,801
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
 Gross profit............................................                 32,693             27,962             10,618
 Selling, general and administrative
   (Notes 2, 10 and 13) .................................                 30,808             32,437             22,210

 Depreciation and amortization...........................                  4,928              3,961              1,904
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
 Operating loss..........................................                (3,043)             (8,436)          (13,496)
 Other expenses, net:
   Interest..............................................                    578              3,191                553
   Other.................................................                     --                 --                  6
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
 Loss before extraordinary item .........................                (3,621)            (11,627)          (14,055)

 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt .....                  1,956                 --                 --
                                                             ==========================================================
 Net loss................................................            $   (5,577)        $   (11,627)     $    (14,055)
                                                             ==========================================================

 Net loss applicable to common stock.....................            $   (6,264)        $   (16,504)     $    (15,707)
                                                             ==========================================================



Per share data (Pro forma prior to February 8, 1996.
  See Note 2):
Loss before extraordinary item ...........................             $  (.32)           $  (1.51)
Extraordinary item .......................................                (.18)                  --
                                                              --------------------------------------
Loss per share of common stock and common stock
  equivalents after extraordinary item ...................             $  (.50)           $  (1.51)
                                                              ======================================

Weighted average number of shares of common stock
  outstanding ............................................            11,168,797           7,696,361
                                                              ======================================













                                                   See accompanying notes.

</TABLE>


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                                             Preferred Stock                              Common Stock

                                            -------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                                  Accrued                                                Additional
                                                                 Undeclared       Stock                                   Paid-in  
                                             Shares    Amount    Dividends    Subscriptions        Shares     Amount      Capital  
                                            --------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                                                                (In thousands, except
                                                                                    share data)

<S>                                          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>     

Balance at December 31, 1993.............          --   $    --       $    --        $    --              --   $    --      $    -- 
  Issuance of Common Stock...............          --        --            --             --         202,864         9           76 
  Issuance of Preferred Stock:
    Series A.............................     179,150    17,915            --             --              --        --           -- 
    Series C.............................      34,854     3,485            --             --              --        --           -- 
    Conversion of debt to Series B.......      69,590     6,959            --             --              --        --           -- 
    Subscriptions .......................          --        --            --            511              --        --           -- 
    Accrued dividends on  Preferred Stock          --        --         1,652             --              --        --           --
    Net loss.............................          --        --            --             --              --        --           -- 
                                            -------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............     283,594    28,359         1,652            511         202,864         9           76 
  Issuance of Common Stock...............          --        --            --             --       2,183,799        91          824 
  Issuance of Preferred Stock:
    Series A.............................       1,467       147            --             --              --        --           -- 
    Series C.............................     151,421    15,142            --          (511)              --        --           -- 
    Accrued dividends on Preferred Stock           --        --         4,877             --              --        --           --
  Grant of stock options.................          --        --            --             --              --        --          796 
  Non-cash compensation..................          --        --            --             --              --        --           -- 
  Issuance of Common Stock Warrants......          --        --            --             --              --        --        2,428 
  Net loss...............................          --        --            --             --              --        --           -- 
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............     436,482    43,648         6,529             --       2,386,663       100        4,124 
Conversion of  Preferred Stock
   to Common Stock and accrued dividends.    (436,482)  (43,648)       (7,219)            --       4,558,155       191       50,676

Accrued dividends on Preferred Stock.....          --        --           690             --              --        --           --
Initial public offering of Common Stock..          --        --            --             --       4,545,455       190       50,537
Costs associated with initial public
  offering of Common Stock...............          --        --            --             --              --        --       (2,160)
Grant of stock options...................          --        --            --             --              --        --        1,701
Noncash compensation expense ............          --        --            --             --              --        --           -- 
Exercise of stock options................          --        --            --             --         141,988         6           54 
Forfeiture of stock options .............          --        --            --             --              --        --         (286)
Net loss ................................          --        --            --             --              --        --           -- 
Common  Stock issued in connections with
   acquisition. .........................          --        --            --             --         172,414         6        1,494 
                                            -------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------

Balance at December 31, 1996.............          --    $   --        $   --         $   --      11,804,675    $  493    $ 106,140 
                                            =================================================   ====================================

                                                                              Total        
                                               Deferred      Accumulated  Stockholders'    
                                            Compensation      Deficit        Equity       
                                            ---------------------------------------------  

Balance at December 31, 1993.............    $    --      $   (25)       $    (25)  
  Issuance of Common Stock...............         --            --             85  
  Issuance of Preferred Stock:                                                                                                    
    Series A.............................         --            --         17,915                                                 
    Series C.............................         --            --          3,485                                                 
    Conversion of debt to Series B.......         --            --          6,959    
    Subscriptions .......................         --            --            511    
    Accrued dividends on  Preferred Stock         --       (1,652)             --    
    Net loss.............................         --      (14,055)       (14,055)    
                                            --------------------------------------   
Balance at December 31, 1994.............         --      (15,732)         14,875    
  Issuance of Common Stock...............         --            --            915    
  Issuance of Preferred Stock:                                                       
    Series A.............................         --            --            147    
    Series C.............................         --            --         14,631
    Accrued dividends on  Preferred Stock         --       (4,877)             --    
  Grant of stock options.................      (796)            --             --    
  Non-cash compensation..................        139            --            139    
  Issuance of Common Stock Warrants......         --            --          2,428    
  Net loss...............................         --      (11,627)       (11,627)    
                                            --------------------------------------   
Balance at December 31, 1995.............      (657)      (32,236)         21,508    
Conversion of  Preferred Stock                                                       
   to Common Stock and accrued dividends.         --            --             --    

Accrued dividends on Preferred Stock.....         --         (690)             --
Initial public offering of Common Stock..         --           --          50,727    

Costs associated with initial public                                                 
  offering of Common Stock...............         --            --        (2,160)    
Grant of stock options...................    (1,701)            --             --    
Noncash compensation expense ............      1,264            --          1,264    
Exercise of stock options................         --            --             60    
Forfeiture of stock options .............        286            --             --    
Net loss ................................         --       (5,577)        (5,577)    
Common  Stock issued in connections with                                             
   acquisition. .........................         --            --          1,500    
                                            --------------------------------------   
                                                                                     
Balance at December 31, 1996.............   $  (808)   $  (38,503)      $  67,322    
                                            ======================================   
                                            
</TABLE>

                                      -23-

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                 TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  1996             1995              1994
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>               <C>            
CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 Loss before extraordinary item......................................        $   (3,621)      $  (11,627)       $  (14,055)
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt..................             (1,956)               --                --
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating 
  activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...................................               4,928            3,961             1,904
    Revaluation of customer bases...................................                  --               --             5,446
    Payment of interest by issuance of preferred stock..............                  --               --               259
     Non-cash interest expense ......................................                431              607                --
     Non-cash interest expense on note to stockholder ...............                297               --                --
    Non-cash compensation ..........................................               1,264              139                --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
     of effects of acquisitions:
     Accounts receivable............................................            (11,770)          (5,511)           (4,586)
     Other current assets...........................................             (2,139)            (943)               255
     Accounts payable...............................................                 564          (2,307)             1,297
     Accrued network costs..........................................               7,911            1,180             5,410
     Other accrued expenses.........................................                 754          (1,942)             3,264
         Deferred revenue and other current liabilities.............               1,513               --                --
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities...............................             (1,824)         (16,443)             (806)

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment.................................             (8,086)          (5,637)           (5,612)
Expenditures for line installations.................................               (144)            (418)             (199)
Purchases of businesses and customer bases..........................               (522)               --          (45,495)
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities...............................             (8,752)          (6,055)          (51,306)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock..........................              50,727              915                85
Costs relating to initial public offering ..........................             (2,160)               --                --
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock.......................                  --           14,778            28,100
Proceeds from stock subscriptions...................................                  --               --               511
Proceeds from debt..................................................                  --            7,572            24,173
Proceeds from issuance of warrants associated with debt.............                  --            2,428                --
Payment of loan acquisition costs...................................                (86)            (533)             (436)
Proceeds from cash overdraft........................................                  --               --               357
Repayment of cash overdraft.........................................                  --            (382)                --
Repayment of revolving credit facility .............................            (24,173)               --                --
Repayment of sellers' note .........................................             (1,000)               --                --
Repayment of notes payable to stockholder...........................             (8,476)               --                --
Repayment of debt...................................................                (18)             (27)             (642)
Proceeds from stock option exercise ................................                  60               --                --
Principal payments on capital lease obligations.....................               (330)            (201)              (36)
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities...........................              14,544           24,550            52,112
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
 Net change in cash..................................................              3,968            2,052                --
 Cash at beginning of period.........................................              2,052               --                --
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------

 Cash at end of period...............................................         $    6,020      $     2,052     $          --
                                                                        ====================================================

 Interest paid.......................................................         $    1,352      $     2,257       $       582
                                                                        ====================================================

                                                     See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>
                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


1.       BUSINESS

         ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         TresCom International, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Florida
on December 8, 1993 as TeraCom Communications, Inc. Effective June 30, 1994, the
Company  changed  its  name to  TresCom  International,  Inc.  The  Company  was
considered a development  stage  enterprise  from  inception  until February 22,
1994, the date revenues were first generated.  During the development stage, the
Company incurred a net loss of $319.

         TresCom is a facilities based long distance  telecommunications carrier
focused  on   international   long   distance   traffic.   The  Company   offers
telecommunications  services,  including long distance,  calling cards,  prepaid
debit  cards,  domestic and  international  toll-free  calling,  frame relay and
bilingual operator services.

2.        SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

         The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts
of the Company and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

         The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are
recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

         PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property  and   equipment  is  recorded  at  cost.   Depreciation   and
amortization   is  provided  for   financial   reporting   purposes   using  the
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

       Transmission and communications equipment            3 to 10 years
       Furniture, fixtures and other                        3 to 7 years

         The costs of software and software upgrades  purchased for internal use
are capitalized.  Significant capital projects are constantly being initiated as
the Company  continues to expand its network.  Beginning in 1996, a  substantial
amount of employee time was required to properly plan, install, test and certify
the equipment associated with these projects. In connection with these projects,
the Company capitalized $1,450 in direct employee costs.

         ADVERTISING.

         Pursuant to American Institute of Certified Public Accountants  (AICPA)
Statement of Position No. 93-7,  "Reporting on  Advertising  Costs," the Company
expenses  advertising costs as incurred except for  direct-response  advertising
costs,  which are  capitalized  and amortized over the expected period of future
benefit.  Direct-response  advertising programs were implemented during 1996 and
consist of fees paid to various  telemarketing  entities.  The capitalized costs
are  amortized  over  a nine  month  period  beginning  in  the  month  revenues
associated with those costs are first generated.

     At December 31, 1996,  advertising  costs totaling  $1,390 were recorded as
other current assets. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994 were $2,047, $1,359 and $469 respectively.

                                      -25-

<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


         OTHER ASSETS

         The excess of cost over net assets of  businesses  acquired  represents
the  excess  of the  consideration  paid over the fair  value of the net  assets
acquired and is amortized on a straight-line basis over 35 years. Customer bases
are recorded based on the estimated  value of the customer bases acquired in the
acquisition  of  businesses  and are  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over
periods ranging from two to seven years.

         Periodically,  the Company  assesses the  appropriateness  of the asset
valuations  and the  amortization  periods  based  on the  present  value of the
current and  anticipated  future cash flows and projected  profitability  of the
acquired business. During 1994, based on these assessments, the Company recorded
additional  expense  of  $5,446 as  recognition  of the  impairment  in value of
customer bases acquired in June and July 1994.

         Legal  expenses  and other  direct costs  incurred in  connection  with
obtaining  financing  agreements are deferred and amortized over the life of the
financing agreements. Such costs amounted to $86 and $533 during the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Accumulated amortization of deferred
financing costs was $10 and $391 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

         USE OF ESTIMATES

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         REVENUES

         Revenues from long distance  telecommunications services are recognized
when the services are provided.

         COST OF SERVICES

         Cost of services include payments to local exchange carriers  ("LECs"),
interexchange carriers, post, telegraph and telephone organizations ("PTTs") and
telecommunications  administrations  ("TAs")  primarily for access and transport
charges.

         CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

         The  Company  derives  a  majority  of  its  operating   revenues  from
commercial customers in Florida, New York, St. Thomas and Puerto Rico. Financial
instruments  which  potentially  subject the Company to concentrations of credit
risk consist  principally of accounts  receivable.  The Company's  allowance for
doubtful   accounts  is  based  upon   management's   estimates  and  historical
experience. In situations where the Company deems appropriate, prepayment and/or
cash deposits or letters of credit are required for the provision of services.

         INCOME TAXES

         The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under
the liability method,  deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the net tax
effects of  temporary  differences  between the  carrying  amounts of assets and
liabilities  for  financial  reporting  and the  amounts  used  for  income  tax
purposes.

         PER SHARE DATA

         Net loss per share was  computed by dividing  net loss by the  weighted
average  number of shares of  the Company's  Common Stock,  $.0419 par value per
share (the "Common Stock"),  outstanding after giving  retroactive effect to the
conversion of all of the Company's  Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per
share ("Series A Preferred Stock"), Series B Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per
share ("Series B Preferred Stock"), Series C Preferred Stock, $.01

                                      -26-

<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

par value per share ("Series C Preferred Stock"),  and related accrued dividends
thereon,  into shares of Common Stock,  which occurred in February 1996 upon the
consummation of the Company's  initial public  offering (the "IPO"),  plus Cheap
Stock as defined below.

         Pursuant  to  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  Staff  Accounting
Bulletin No. 83, common stock,  common stock equivalents,  and other potentially
dilutive  securities  (including  preferred  stock) issued at prices equal to or
below the IPO price per share  ("Cheap  Stock")  during the twelve  month period
immediately  preceding  the initial  filing date of the  Company's  registration
statement for its IPO have been included as outstanding for all periods, through
February 8, 1996 (using  the treasury stock method at the IPO price) even though
the effect is to reduce the loss per share.

         Supplemental  net  loss per  share is  calculated  using  the  weighted
average  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  common  stock   equivalents
outstanding  during the  respective  periods  assuming the same number of shares
were  outstanding as described  above, and considering the reduction in interest
expense and  extraordinary  loss on  retirement  of debt from the  repayment  of
certain obligations of $35.8 million as if repaid on the date incurred or at the
beginning  of the  period,  whichever  is later,  with the  proceeds of the IPO.
Supplemental net loss per share for the years  ended December 31, 1996 and  1995
was $.22 and $.85, respectively.

         The  corrected  net loss per  share and the  supplemental  net loss per
share for the quarters reported during 1996 are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   THREE MONTHS  THREE MONTHS   SIX MONTHS   THREE MONTHS  NINE MONTHS
                                                      ENDED         ENDED         ENDED         ENDED         ENDED
                                                    MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER     SEPTEMBER
                                                       1996          1996          1996        30, 1996      30, 1996
                                                   ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                               (unaudited)

<S>                                                 <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>  

Per share data (pro forma prior
  to February 8)                                     
Loss before extraordinary item ..............         $(0.15)       $(0.04)       $(0.18)       $(0.02)       $(0.20)
Extraordinary charge ........................          (0.20)            --        (0.18)            --        (0.18)
                                                   ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Net loss per common share ..................           (0.35)       $(0.04)        (0.36)       $(0.02)        (0.38)
                                                   ============= ============= ============= ============= =============
Supplemental loss per share ................          $(0.10)                     $(0.13)                     $(0.16)
                                                   =============               =============               =============
</TABLE>


         The Company  previously  reported the following net losses per share in
its Form 10-Qs for the first,  second and third quarter of 1996:  $.33 per share
($.14 before  extraordinary  item and $.19  extraordinary  item) for the quarter
ended March 31, 1996;  $.34 per share ($.17 before  extraordinary  item and $.17
extraordinary  item) for the six months ended June 30, 1996;  and $.36 per share
($.19 before extraordinary item and $.17 extraordinary item) for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996. The Company did not disclose any supplemental loss per
share amounts in its Form 10-Qs for 1996.

         The computation of fully diluted net loss per share of Common Stock was
antidilutive;  therefore, the amounts reported for primary and fully diluted are
the same. Prior to the IPO,  historical loss per share was not presented because
it was not meaningful.

         Retroactive restatement has been made to share and per share amounts to
give effect to a 4.19-to-1  reverse stock split effected in connection  with the
IPO.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


         NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In 1996, the Company adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 121,  "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed  Of" ("SFAS  121").  The adoption of SFAS 121 did not have
any effect on the financial  statements.  In 1996,  the Company also adopted the
provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). See Note 6.

         RECLASSIFICATION

         Certain  prior year  amounts  have been  reclassified  to conform  with
current year presentation.

3.        BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

     On February 22, 1994, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding  capital
stock of the St. Thomas and San Juan Telephone  Company,  Inc. ("STSJ") for cash
in the  amount  of  $17,035,  plus  the  assumption  of  liabilities.  STSJ is a
facilities based carrier and provides long distance  telecommunications services
to customers in the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico.

     On November 30, 1994, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding  capital
stock of Total  Telecommunications,  Inc.  ("TTI")  for  cash in the  amount  of
$22,610,  plus the assumption of  liabilities.  During 1996, TTI was merged into
TresCom U.S.A., Inc.

     The Company also purchased  customer bases from IDB  Communications  Group,
Inc. and Virgin Islands TeleCom, Inc. effective June 30, 1994 and July 12, 1994,
respectively.  The aggregate  purchase  price  amounted to $5,850.  The customer
bases included long distance  customers  located in the U.S.  Virgin Islands and
Puerto Rico.  Subsequent to the dates of acquisitions,  the Company  established
that the values had been impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $5,446 in
1994.

4.        LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

         A summary of long-term obligations is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  1996         1995
                                                                           -------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>         

Bank facility..........................................................             $ --         $24,173
Note payable to former shareholder of business acquired,
  bearing 5% simple interest, due February 1996........................               --           1,000
Loans payable to the Small Business Administration,
  bearing interest at 4%, due in monthly principal and
  interest payments of $3 through February 2015,
  collateralized by a security agreement covering certain assets.......               416            432
Capital leases bearing interest at rates ranging from 9% to
  11% and payable in monthly installments totaling $104................             4,366            383
Other..................................................................                --              4
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                    4,782         25,992
Less amounts due within one year.......................................               817         25,290
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                   $3,965        $   702
                                                                           ===============================
</TABLE>


     In November 1994, a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company obtained from a
bank a  revolving  credit  facility  (the  "Bank  Facility")  with an  aggregate
commitment of $27,000, which expired on June 30, 1996. On February 16, 1996,

                                      -28-

<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

the Company  repaid all  outstanding  amounts  borrowed under the Bank Facility.
Extraordinary expense of $432 was recognized to write-off the remaining deferred
financing costs associated with the Bank Facility.

     Under the terms of the Bank Facility,  the Company was required to maintain
at least 50% of its debt on a fixed rate basis and, as a result, entered into an
interest rate swap agreement and interest rate cap agreement (the "Instruments")
with the  lending  bank to convert  variable  interest  rate  payments  to fixed
payments.  The estimated  fair value (i.e.,  the net present value of the amount
the Company was required to pay the  counterpart  over the remaining term of the
agreement) of the  Instruments,  based upon the quoted market price  provided by
the financial  institution  was $562 at December 31, 1995. On September 18, 1996
when the net settlement value was $302, the Instruments were paid off in full.

     In October  and  November  1995,  the Company  borrowed  $7,000 and $3,000,
respectively,  under one-year notes bearing interest at 12% compounded quarterly
from a major  shareholder of the Company.  In connection  with these notes,  the
Company  issued a warrant  to  purchase  358,034  shares  of Common  Stock at an
exercise price of $.42 per share.  The warrants are exercisable  immediately and
expire on October 2, 2007. Of the $10,000 in  borrowings,  approximately  $2,400
has been  allocated to the value of the  warrants.  On February  14,  1996,  the
Company  repaid  the  entire  balance   relating  to  the  notes.   Accordingly,
extraordinary  interest  expense in the amount of $1,524 was  recognized  in the
first quarter of 1996.

     The  Company has funded a portion of its third and fourth  quarter  capital
expenditures  with asset  financing of $4,300.  The Company has a $5,000 line of
credit  with a  commercial  bank (the  "Credit  Facility"),  secured  by certain
accounts receivable.  The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants,  which
include the maintenance of minimum  tangible net worth, as defined,  and certain
financial ratios. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had utilized $1,100 under
the Credit Facility to provide letters of credit to certain vendors.

     Principal payments on all debt obligations are:

   1997...............................................     $    16
   1998 ..............................................          17
   1999 ..............................................          17
   2000 ..............................................          18
   2001 ..............................................          19
   Thereafter ........................................         329
                                                           -------
                                                           $   416
                                                           =======

5.        LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     The Company  occupies  office  facilities and leases certain  equipment and
software  under  noncancelable  operating  leases.  Rental expense for the years
ended  December  31,  1996,  1995  and  1994  was  $1,421,   $1,341,  and  $760,
respectively.

     During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company acquired communication
equipment of approximately  $4,310 under capital lease obligations.  The Company
did not acquire communication equipment via capital leases during the year ended
December 31, 1995.  Asset  balances for property  acquired  under capital leases
consist of:

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1996         1995
                                                     --------------------------

Transmission and communication equipment...........          $4,715  $     405
Furniture, fixtures and other......................             270        270
                                                     --------------------------
                                                              4,985        675
Accumulated amortization...........................           (311)      (141)
                                                     --------------------------
                                                          $   4,674  $     534
                                                     ==========================

     Depreciation  expense  associated with assets acquired under capital leases
is included  with  depreciation  and  amortization  expense on the  Statement of
Operations.  The present value of minimum capital lease payments are included in
the balance  sheet as a part of  long-term  obligations.  Future  minimum  lease
payments for all noncancelable leases at December 31, 1996 are:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          CAPITAL       OPERATING        TOTAL
                                                           LEASES        LEASES
                                                        --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>            <C>    

1997.................................................     $    1,249      $    1,255     $    2,504
1998.................................................          1,249           1,242          2,491
1999.................................................          1,168             966          2,134
2000.................................................          1,116             737          1,853
2001.................................................            806             566          1,372
Thereafter...........................................             --             608            608
                                                        --------------------------------------------
Total future minimum lease payments..................          5,588      $    5,374    $    10,962
                                                                     ===============================
Less amounts representing interest...................          1,222
                                                        -------------
Present value of net minimum lease payments..........      $   4,366
                                                        =============
</TABLE>


6.        CAPITALIZATION

     PREFERRED STOCK

     The Board of  Directors  of the  Company is  authorized  to issue up to one
million  shares of  preferred  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the  "Preferred
Stock"),  in  one  or  more  series  and  to  fix  the  powers,  voting  rights,
designations and preferences of each series. During 1994, the Board of Directors
authorized two series of Preferred  Stock:  179,420 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock and 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred  Stock.  Both series provided for
10% cumulative dividends per annum, compounded semi-annually.

     On August 9, 1995,  the Board of  Directors  authorized  151,421  shares of
Series C Preferred  Stock.  In addition,  the Board of Directors  authorized  an
additional 1,197 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The dividend rate on Series
A Preferred  Stock was  increased to 12%  beginning on August 1, 1995,  with the
dividend accruals to be compounded  quarterly beginning on October 15, 1995. The
dividend rate on Series C Preferred Stock provides for 12% cumulative  dividends
per annum, compounded quarterly, computed retroactively from February 23, 1995.

     The  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  Series B  Preferred  Stock  and  Series C
Preferred Stock required mandatory redemption of preference value plus dividends
upon the earlier of the closing of an underwritten  public offering of shares of
Common Stock or, in three equal annual installments, beginning February 1, 2002,
if Series A Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred  Stock, or February 1, 2003,
if Series B Preferred Stock. Under certain  circumstances outside the

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


control of the Company,  upon the effective date of an initial public  offering,
the holders of Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock and Series C
Preferred  Stock were  required  to exchange  their  shares for shares of Common
Stock;  the number of shares of Common Stock was to be  calculated  based on the
redemption  value of the preferred  stock divided by the initial public offering
price less underwriting  discounts and commissions.  The Company was entitled to
redeem, at its option,  Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in
whole or Series B Preferred  Stock in whole or in part at the redemption  price.
The  outstanding  Preferred  Stock had a preference  value of $100 per share for
purposes of calculating dividends and redemption value.

     On February 5, 1996,  the terms of the Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B
Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred  Stock were amended such that  mandatory
redemption was not required.  In connection with the IPO, the Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock were converted into
4,558,155 shares of Common Stock.

     COMMON STOCK

     In February 1996, the Company  effected a reverse stock split of the Common
Stock at a ratio of approximately  4.19-to-1. The share and per share amounts in
the financial statements have been adjusted for the reverse stock split.

     On February 13, 1996, the Company sold 4,545,455 shares of its Common Stock
at $12 per share in the IPO. The net  proceeds of this sale were $48.6  million.
The net proceeds were used to retire debt and accrued  interest of approximately
$35.8 million.  In connection with the IPO, the available  authorized  number of
shares of Preferred Stock was reset to one million shares.

     STOCK OPTION PLAN

     The Company has a stock option plan under which 936,432 options to purchase
shares of Common Stock may be granted to officers,  key  employees,  consultants
and directors.  The plan allows the granting of incentive  stock options,  which
may not have an  exercise  price  below the  greater  of par value or the market
value on the date of grant, and non-qualified stock options,  which may not have
an exercise  price below par value.  All options must be exercised no later than
10 years from the date of grant.  No option may be granted  under the plan after
February 22, 2004.

     Options  generally  vest as to 20% on the first  anniversary of the vesting
commencement  date or grant date and as to an additional 20% on each anniversary
thereafter.  All  options  expire on the tenth  anniversary  of the grant  date,
unless sooner  terminated under the terms of the Stock Option Plan. In the event
of certain changes in  control, all options become fully vested.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

The following table summarizes all options activity for the years ended December
31, 1994, 1995 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Weighted
                                                          Number of                       Average
                                                           Options       Exercisable      Exercise
                                                           Granted         Options         Price
                                                        --------------- --------------- -------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>              <C>    

Outstanding as of December 31, 1993 .............               --              --            --
Granted .........................................            110,840                         $0.42
                                                        --------------- --------------- -------------
Outstanding as of December 31, 1994 .............            110,840              --          0.42
Canceled ........................................            110,840                          0.42
Granted..........................................            484,955                          0.42
Forfeited........................................             12,749                          0.42
                                                        --------------- --------------- -------------
Outstanding as of December 31, 1995 .............            472,206          19,826          0.42
Canceled ........................................            220,622                          0.42
Granted..........................................            534,119                         12.53
Forfeited........................................            147,452                         10.82
Exercised .......................................            141,988                          0.42
                                                        --------------- --------------- -------------
Outstanding as of December 31, 1996 .............            496,263          23,713        $10.37
                                                        =============== =============== =============

</TABLE>

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)



     The following table summarizes options at December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Options Outstanding                            Options
                                                                                              Exercisable
                     ------------------ --------------------------------------        -----------------------------
                                             Weighted           Weighted                               Weighted
                                             Average             Average                                Average
     Range of            Number of           Exercise          Contractual              Number of      Exercise
  Exercise price          Options             Price           Life (years)               Options         Price
- -------------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------------        -------------- --------------

<S>                         <C>               <C>                 <C>                    <C>             <C>  
       $0.42               94,144              $0.42              8.66                   10,713          $0.42
  $12.00 - $17.63         402,119             $12.70              9.26                   13,000         $12.00

</TABLE>

         As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 94,144 options  outstanding at
an exercise price of $.42 per share,  352,119 options outstanding at an exercise
price of $12.00 per share and 50,000 options outstanding at an exercise price of
$17.63.  Non-cash  compensation  expense was recorded over the vesting period of
the options.  Accordingly,  $1,264 and $139 of non-cash compensation expense was
recorded in the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

         The Company  follows the  requirements of Accounting  Principals  Board
Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees" to account for its
stock  option plan and,  accordingly,  compensation  cost is  recognized  in the
consolidated  statements of  operations  for the stock option plan to the extent
the options are granted at prices below fair market value.  The Company  adopted
SFAS  123,  which  requires  certain  disclosures  about  stock-based   employee
compensation arrangements.  SFAS 123 requires pro forma disclosure of the impact
on net income and earnings  per share if the fair value  method  defined in SFAS
123 had been used. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of
grant using a minimum value option valuation method for options granted prior to
the IPO and a Black-Scholes option valuation model for options granted after the
IPO with the following  weighted-average  assumptions: a risk-free interest rate
of 6.1%;  a dividend  yield of 0%; a volatility  factor of the  expected  market
price of the Common Stock of .729; and an expected life of seven years.

         The  Black-Scholes  option  valuation  model was  developed  for use in
estimating the fair value of traded  options which have no vesting  restrictions
and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation models require the
input of highly  subjective  assumptions  including  the  expected  stock  price
volatility.   Because  the   Company's   stock   options  have   characteristics
significantly  different from those of traded options, and because change in the
subjective input assumptions can materially  affect the fair value estimate,  in
management's  opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its stock options.

         The weighted  average grant date fair value of options  granted in 1995
and 1996 is $10.50 and $7.88 per share, respectively. The options granted during
1995 had exercise  prices below market value and the options granted during 1996
had exercise prices at or above market value.

                                      -33-

<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


         Because SFAS 123 is applicable  only to options  granted  subsequent to
December  31,  1994,  the pro  forma  effect of its  adoption  will not be fully
reflected until 1997. The following  information  will not likely  represent the
information  reported in future years  because  options  granted after 1995 will
begin to vest  over the next  several  years  and are,  for the most  part,  not
included in the 1996 calculation.

         The SFAS 123 pro forma information is as follows:

                                                      1996             1995
                                                 -------------     ------------

           Pro forma net loss                       $(5,713)         $(11,627)
           Pro forma loss per share                    (0.51)           (1.51)


7.        INCOME TAXES

         The  significant  components of the  Company's  deferred tax assets and
liabilities are:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1996            1995           1994
                                                            ------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                              <C>            <C>              <C> 
Deferred tax assets
   Allowance for bad debts................................        $   2,975      $    1,139      $   1,102
   Net operating loss carry-forward.......................            6,229           6,311          3,672
   Accruals...............................................              566             279            889
   Depreciation and amortization..........................              101             873          1,084
   Other..................................................               11             270             98
   Valuation allowance....................................           (8,479)         (8,793)        (5,737)
                                                            ------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1,403              79             --
Deferred tax liabilities
   Acquisition basis differences..........................           (1,403)            (79)           (35)
    Litigation settlement.................................               --              --         (1,073)
                                                            ------------------------------------------------
                                                                  $      --      $       --       $ (1,108)
                                                            ================================================
</TABLE>


     The net change in the Company's  valuation  allowance was $314,  $3,056 and
$5,737 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     On July 17, 1989, the Industrial  Development Commission of the U.S. Virgin
Islands  granted  STSJ tax  benefits to cover long  distance  telecommunications
services in the U.S. Virgin Islands. These benefits include a 90% exemption from
income taxes for a ten-year period effective January 1, 1989.


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


     The reconciliation of income tax attributable to operations computed at the
U.S. federal statutory rates to income tax expense is:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1996            1995           1994
                                                            -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>    

Tax at U.S. statutory rate................................      (34.0)%         (34.0)%        (34.0)%
State taxes, net of federal benefit.......................       (2.0)           (2.0)          (2.4)
Amortization of excess of cost over
   net assets of businesses acquired......................        6.5             2.7            1.4
Foreign tax rate differences..............................        7.1             3.7            2.3
Other.....................................................        --              --             1.9
Unrecognized benefit of net operating loss................       22.4            29.6            30.8
                                                            -----------------------------------------------
                                                                  --              --              --
                                                            ===============================================
</TABLE>


     At December 31, 1996,  the Company has U.S. and foreign net operating  loss
carryforwards  for tax purposes of $11,421 and $9,259,  respectively.  These net
operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 1997 through 2011.

8.        RETIREMENT PLAN

     The Company  maintains the TresCom 401(k)  Savings and Retirement  Plan for
all U.S.  and Virgin  Island  subsidiaries  and the TresCom  165(e)  Savings and
Retirement Plan for the Puerto Rican  subsidiary.  Employees age 21 or older are
eligible  to  participate  six months  after  their date of hire and to elect to
defer a percentage  of his/her  salary.  The Company has the  discretion to make
contributions  to the TresCom  401(k)  Savings and  Retirement  Plan and TresCom
165(e) Saving and Retirement Plan. No Company  contributions were made to either
plan during 1995 and 1996.

9.         COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The  Company  is  involved  in various  claims  and is subject to  possible
actions arising out of the normal course of its business.  Although the ultimate
outcome of these claims cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of
the Company's management, based on knowledge of the facts and advice of counsel,
that the resolution of such claims and actions will not have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

     The Company has entered into agreements where it either owns portions of or
has the indefeasible right to use transmission  cables. These agreements require
the Company to fund portions of the  construction,  operation,  and  maintenance
costs. At December 31, 1996, the Company has firm construction commitments under
both agreements of approximately $2,500.  Construction costs are capitalized and
depreciated over ten years after the transmission cable becomes operational. The
capitalized costs of transmission cables as of December 31, 1996 was $2,995. The
Company has projected maintenance costs of $225 for undersea cables during 1997.


10.       SETTLEMENTS

     In the past, the Company incurred some  significant  charges as a result of
disputes with carriers. These charges amounted to $2,730, $4,100 and $900 in the
fourth  quarter of 1994,  the first  quarter  of 1995 and the second  quarter of
1995, respectively.  In addition,  significant losses resulting from settlements
with  customers  totaled  $2,031 and $4,069 during 1994 and the first quarter of
1995, respectively.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)



11.       FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash,
accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable and accrued  expenses  approximate  the
respective  fair values due to the short nature of these items.  The fair values
for long-term obligations are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                CARRYING                FAIR
                                                                  VALUE                 VALUE
                                                            ------------------------------------

<S>                                                              <C>            <C>    
December 31, 1996
   Loans payable to the Small
     Business Administration..............................         $      416    $          335

December 31, 1995
   Notes payable to former shareholders...................              1,000               995
   Notes payable to shareholder...........................              8,179            10,000
   Loans payable to the Small
     Business Administration..............................                432               326
   Interest rate swap.....................................                 --               562

</TABLE>


12.        RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company buys network services from and provides network services to LCI
International,  Inc. ("LCI").  At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the net amount due
to LCI was  $1,935  and $772,  respectively.  During  1996 and 1995,  $7,140 and
$5,086 of services were provided and $5,453 and $7,822 were used,  respectively.
At March 15,  1997,  an affiliate of a major  shareholder  of the Company  owned
approximately  10% of LCI. 

     In December  1996,  the Company  acquired 100% of the common stock of Intex
Telecommunications,  Inc. from LCI. The purchase price consideration was 172,414
shares of Common Stock, subject to incremental  adjustment over the twelve month
period following the closing.

13.        NATURAL DISASTER

     On September 16, 1995,  Hurricane  Marilyn damaged the island of St. Thomas
where the  Company  has  significant  operations.  The  Company's  Property  and
Business Interruption  Insurance covered a significant portion of the damages to
equipment and certain  losses from  operations,  respectively.  At September 30,
1995, the Company estimated its exposure relating to the hurricane to be $2,500.
Based on visits to the affected area,  review of accounts  receivable and actual
settlements with customers,  management revised its estimate of losses resulting
from the  hurricane to $1,717.  Accordingly,  the net loss for the quarter ended
December 31, 1995 included this change in estimate of $783.


                                      -36-

<PAGE>



                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



The Shareholder
The St. Thomas and San Juan Telephone
Company, Inc. and Subsidiary

         We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of operations
and cash  flows of The St.  Thomas  and San Juan  Telephone  Company,  Inc.  and
Subsidiary  for the period from  January 1, 1994 to  February  22,  1994.  These
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of the  operations and the cash
flows of The St. Thomas and San Juan Telephone Company,  Inc. and Subsidiary for
the  period  from  January  1, 1994 to  February  22,  1994 in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                     ERNST & YOUNG LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico
May 12, 1994


                                      -37-

<PAGE>



               THE ST. THOMAS AND SAN JUAN TELEPHONE COMPANY, INC.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                         JANUARY 1 TO
                                                         FEBRUARY 22,
                                                             1994
                                                        ----------------

 Revenues...........................................        $3,916,000
 Cost of services...................................         2,987,160
                                                        ----------------
 Gross profit.......................................           928,840
 Selling, general and administrative................         2,036,071
 Depreciation and amortization......................            89,621
                                                        ----------------
 Operating loss.....................................        (1,196,852)
 Interest expense...................................            69,128
                                                        ----------------
 Loss before provision for income taxes.............        (1,265,980)
 Provision for income taxes (Note 2)................            12,576
                                                        ----------------
 Net loss...........................................      $ (1,278,556)
                                                        ================

                                      -38-
<PAGE>


               THE ST. THOMAS AND SAN JUAN TELEPHONE COMPANY, INC.
               AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            PERIOD FROM
                                                                            JANUARY 1 TO
                                                                            FEBRUARY 22,
                                                                                1994
                                                                          -----------------

<S>                                                                         <C>         

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss................................................................    $ (1,278,556)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
 by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization........................................          89,621
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable................................................        (104,269)
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........................        (164,457)
     Other assets.......................................................         (18,343)
     Accrued network costs..............................................         742,891
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses..............................       1,035,345
                                                                            ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities...............................         302,232

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment......................................        (235,470)
                                                                            ------------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................        (235,470)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments of notes payable and long-term debt............................        (808,836)
                                                                            -------------
Net cash used by financing activities...................................        (808,836)
                                                                            ------------
Net decrease in cash....................................................        (742,074)
Cash at beginning of year...............................................       1,645,299
                                                                            ------------
Cash at end of year.....................................................    $    903,225
                                                                            ============

                                               See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>

                                      -39-
<PAGE>



       THE ST. THOMAS AND SAN JUAN TELEPHONE COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS
                PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1994 TO FEBRUARY 22, 1994

1.        ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND ORGANIZATION

         The consolidated  statement of operations  includes the accounts of The
St. Thomas and San Juan Telephone Company,  Inc.  ("STSJ"),  incorporated in the
U.S. Virgin Islands and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  STSJ Overseas  Telephone
Company,  Inc.  ("Overseas"),  incorporated in Puerto Rico in 1990 to serve that
market.  All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated in consolidation.

     STSJ and Overseas provide long distance  telephone  services to residential
and  commercial  customers  between the U.S.  Virgin  Islands,  Puerto Rico, the
United States, and other countries  worldwide.  It owns and operates a satellite
earth station facility in St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands.

         On February 22, 1994, TresCom International, Inc., purchased all of the
outstanding common stock of STSJ.

         ACQUISITION OF PUERTO RICO TELECOM CORPORATION

         Under the terms of the Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  November  12,
1991,  Overseas  acquired all rights,  title,  interest and all assets of Puerto
Rico  Telecom  Corporation  (Telecom)  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Atlantic
Tele-Network,  Inc.  (ATN),  for a price of  $1,861,000.  The purchase price was
allocated among the net assets  acquired based on their fair market values.  The
excess of the  purchase  price over the net assets  acquired is being  amortized
over thirty years.

         REVENUES

         Revenues from long distance  telecommunications services are recognized
when the services are provided.

         NETWORK COSTS

         Network costs  primarily  include  right-of-way  payments made to local
exchange carriers for access and transport charges. Network costs are recognized
as the services are used.

         CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

         STSJ derives primarily all of its  telecommunications  service revenues
from commercial and residential customers in the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico.
Financial instruments which potentially subject STSJ to concentrations of credit
risk consist principally of cash and accounts  receivable.  STSJ's allowance for
doubtful   accounts  is  based  upon   management's   estimates  and  historical
experience.  STSJ  performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of its  customers and
generally does not require collateral.

2.        INCOME TAXES

         STSJ is subject to U.S. Virgin Islands corporate income taxes. Overseas
is subject to Puerto Rico income taxes.

         On July 17, 1989,  the  Industrial  Development  Commission of the U.S.
Virgin   Islands   granted  STSJ  a  tax   exemption  to  cover  long   distance
telecommunication services in the U.S. Virgin Islands, as indicated below:

     o 100% exemption from gross receipts taxes

     o 100% exemption from real property taxes

     o 90%  exemption  from income taxes 

     o 100% exemption from various excise taxes


                                      -40-

<PAGE>


       THE ST. THOMAS AND SAN JUAN TELEPHONE COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS
                PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1994 TO FEBRUARY 22, 1994

         These tax benefits are for a ten-year period effective January 1, 1989.
There are  various  conditions  to such grant,  including  the  employment  of a
minimum of 6 employees.  In addition,  at least 80% of all  employees of grantee
must be U.S. Virgin Islands residents.

     As of February 22, 1994,  Overseas had  approximately  $3,395,000 of Puerto
Rico net operating loss  carryforwards that can be used to reduce future taxable
income in Puerto Rico through the year 2000.

3.        OPERATING LEASES

     STSJ  leases  its  office  and  operating  facilities  under  noncancelable
operating  lease  agreements.  Future minimum lease  commitments at February 22,
1994 are as follows:

         1994........................................        $   169,200
         1995........................................            202,000
         1996........................................            210,900
         1997........................................            219,800
         1998........................................            225,300
         1999........................................            125,500
                                                              ----------
                                                              $1,152,700
                                                              ==========


         Total rent  expense for the period from January 1, 1994 to February 22,
1994 amounted to approximately $45,000.


                                      -41-
<PAGE>





                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Shareholders
Total Telecommunications, Inc.

         We have audited the accompanying statements of income and cash flows of
Total  Telecommunications,  Inc. for the eleven months ended  November 30, 1994.
These  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about whether the  statements of operation and cash flows
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statements.  We  believe  that our  audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

         In our opinion, the statements of operations and cash flows referred to
above present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of operations and
cash  flows  of Total  Telecommunications,  Inc.  for the  eleven  months  ended
November 30, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                     ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
January 12, 1995


                                      -42-

<PAGE>


                         TOTAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                               STATEMENT OF INCOME

                                                         ELEVEN MONTHS
                                                             ENDED
                                                          NOVEMBER 30,
                                                              1994
                                                        -----------------

 Revenues.............................................       $14,955,117
 Cost of services.....................................         8,814,532
                                                             -----------
 Gross profit.........................................         6,140,585
 Selling, general and administrative..................         5,186,086
 Depreciation and amortization........................           162,630
                                                             -----------
 Operating income.....................................           791,869
 Interest expense.....................................            64,458
                                                             -----------
 Net income...........................................       $   727,411
                                                             ===========

                             See accompanying notes.

                                      -43-

<PAGE>


                         TOTAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                                             ELEVEN MONTHS
                                                                 ENDED
                                                              NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                  1994
                                                            -----------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income................................................    $    727,411
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net 
 cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization..........................         162,630
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable..................................      (1,727,586)
     Other current assets.................................        (114,209)
     Accrued network costs................................         790,415
     Accounts payable.....................................       1,382,769
                                                              ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities.................       1,221,430

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment.......................        (700,769)
Other assets..............................................         (22,833)
                                                              ------------
Net cash used in investing activities.....................        (723,602)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Repayment of notes payable................................         (88,165)
Proceeds from cash overdraft..............................         230,723
Distributions to shareholders.............................        (680,000)
Principal payments of capital lease obligations...........        (101,232)
                                                              ------------
Net cash used in financing activities.....................        (638,674)
                                                              ------------
Decrease in cash..........................................        (140,846)
Cash at beginning of year.................................         140,846
                                                              ------------
Cash at end of year.......................................    $         --
                                                              ============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE
   Interest paid..........................................    $     64,534
                                                              ============

                             See accompanying notes.

                                      -44-

<PAGE>


                         TOTAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                  NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND CASH FLOWS
                      ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1994


1.       ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The principal  operations  of Total  Telecommunications,  Inc.  ("TTI")
consist  of  providing   telecommunication  services  to  commercial  customers,
primarily in Florida. TTI provides a full range of services,  including switched
and dedicated, international, domestic, calling card, and 800 services.

         On November 30, 1994,  all of TTI's  outstanding  stock was acquired by
TresCom International, Inc.

         REVENUES

         Revenues from long distance  telecommunications services are recognized
when the services are provided.

         NETWORK COSTS

         Network costs  primarily  include  right-of-way  payments made to local
exchange carriers for access and transport charges. Network costs are recognized
as services are used.

         INCOME TAXES

         TTI has  elected  S  Corporation  status  under the  provisions  of the
Internal  Revenue  Code (IRC),  which  eliminates  federal  income  taxes at the
corporate level.  Certain states in which TTI conducts business do not recognize
S Corporation status. Accordingly, state income taxes of approximately $8,000 as
of November 30, 1994 have been included in selling,  general and  administrative
expenses in the  accompanying  statement of income.  Deferred state income taxes
resulting from  differences in net income for financial  reporting  purposes and
taxable income are not significant.

         On November 30,  1994,  the  outstanding  stock was acquired by TresCom
International, Inc., a C Corporation under the provisions of the IRC. Because of
the acquisition,  TTI will no longer qualify under the Subchapter S provision of
the IRC. The change in filing election as a result of the  acquisition  will not
have a material effect on TTI's deferred state or federal income taxes.

         CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

         TTI derives  primarily all of its  telecommunications  service revenues
from  commercial and  residential  customers in the State of Florida.  Financial
instruments  which  potentially  subject  TTI to  concentrations  of credit risk
consist  principally  of cash  and  accounts  receivable.  TTI's  allowance  for
doubtful   accounts  is  based  upon   management's   estimates  and  historical
experience.  TTI  performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of its  customers  and
generally does not require collateral.

2.        COMMITMENTS

         TTI entered into a license  agreement (the  Agreement) in November 1992
with  Electronic  Data  Systems  Corporation  ("EDS"),   which  allows  for  the
nonexclusive  and  nontransferable  use of a licensed program in connection with
the TTI's invoice  printing and billing system.  The Agreement  requires monthly
payments for licensing  fees of  approximately  $2,800.  TTI also pays a monthly
maintenance  service fee based on  billable  messages  multiplied  by a rate per
message as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement expires April 30, 1998 and is
cancelable by either party upon written notice.

         TTI  has  noncancelable  operating  leases for the rental of its office
space in Fort Lauderdale and New York.  Rental expense amounted to approximately
$143,000 for the eleven months ended November 30, 1994.

                                      -45-

<PAGE>

                     TOTAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
           NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND CASH FLOWS - (CONTINUED)
                      ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1994

         Future minimum lease payments for all noncancelable  leases at November
30, 1994 are:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             CAPITAL LEASES     OPERATING LEASES          TOTAL
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------

         <S>                                                     <C>                  <C>               <C>

         December 1994....................................        $    10,900          $    13,264      $    24,164
         1995.............................................            130,795              167,592          298,387
         1996.............................................            130,795              168,828          299,623
         1997.............................................            126,995               48,941          175,936
         1998.............................................             85,200               39,258          124,458
         1999.............................................             28,400               19,968           48,368
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------
         Total future minimum lease payments..............            513,085           $  457,851       $  970,936
                                                                                ===================================
         Less amount representing interest................             99,883
                                                                   ----------
         Long-term capital lease obligations..............         $  413,202
                                                                   ==========
</TABLE>


3.        SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

     During the eleven months ended November 30, 1994, TTI acquired property and
equipment of approximately $99,000 under capital lease obligations.

                                      -46-

<PAGE>


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Board of Directors
TresCom International, Inc.

         We have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  TresCom
International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 1996 and
1995 and, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, and
have issued our report  thereon  dated March 27, 1997  (included  in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K). Our audit also included the financial  statement  schedule
of the  Company  listed  in Item 8 of this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K.  This
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion based on our audits.

         In our opinion,  the financial  statement  schedule  referred to above,
when considered in relation to the basic financial  statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


                                                  ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
March 27, 1997



                                      -47-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                             TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)

                     COL. A.                          COL. B.              COL. C.               COL. D.       COL. E.
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------- ---------------------------  ------------- -----------
                                                                          ADDITIONS
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                   BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO    CHARGED TO                  BALANCE AT
                                                    BEGINNING     COSTS AND        OTHER                      END OF
                   DESCRIPTION                      OF PERIOD      EXPENSES      ACCOUNTS     DEDUCTIONS      PERIOD
- -----------------------------------------------   ----------     ----------    -----------   ----------    ----------

<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>    

Year ended December 31, 1996:
Reserve and allowance deducted from
   asset accounts:
      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                    $4,140         $5,036  $     --    $1,588 (2)        $7,588
      Valuation Allowance for Deferred Taxes              8,793             --        --       314 (3)         8,479

Year ended December 31, 1995:
Reserve and allowance deducted from
   asset accounts:
      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                     3,761          1,791       700 (1)     2,112 (2)     4,140
      Valuation Allowance for Deferred Taxes              5,737          3,056        --            --         8,793

Year ended December 31, 1994:
Reserve and allowance deducted from
   asset accounts:
      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                        --          3,857        --            96 (2)     3,761
      Valuation Allowance for Deferred Taxes                 --          5,737        --            --         5,737


- -----------------------

(1)   Uncollectible accounts in Virgin Islands resulting from Hurricane Marilyn.
(2)   Write-off of uncollectible accounts.
(3)   Change in deferred taxes.

</TABLE>


                                      -48-
<PAGE>


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
         AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

         None.


                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     Information with respect to executive  officers of the Company is presented
in Item 4 of this Report under the caption "Executive Officers of the Company."

     The  information  appearing  under the  captions  "Proposal  1-Election  of
Directors",  "Certain  Transactions"  and "Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership
Reporting  Compliance"  in the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for its 1997 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders (the "1997 Proxy  Statement") is incorporated  herein by
reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

         Information appearing under the caption "Executive Compensation" in the
1997 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. 

     Information  appearing under the caption "Security  Ownership of Beneficial
Owners and  Management" in the 1997 Proxy  Statement is  incorporated  herein by
reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. 

     Information appearing under the caption "Certain  Transactions" in the 1997
Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


                                     PART IV


ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(A)      1.       Financial Statements.

     The financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

         2.       Financial  Statement  Schedules  and Supplementary Information
                  Required to be Submitted.

     The financial  statement  schedules are included in Part II, Item 8 of this
Report.

(B)      Reports on Form 8-K.

         None.

                                      -49-

<PAGE>


(C)      INDEX TO EXHIBITS

         The following is a list of all Exhibits filed as part of this Report:

   EXHIBIT NO.                          DESCRIPTION
   -----------                          -----------

          *3.1(i) Third Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to  the  Company's  Registration
                  Statement on  Form  S-8, File No. 333-1912, filed on March 4,
                  1996).
         *3.1(ii) Amended and Restated  By-laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit
                  3.1(ii) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
                  1996,  File No.  0-27594,  filed on March 29,  1996 (the "1996
                  Form 10-K")).
              4.1 See Exhibit  numbers  3.1(i) and 3.1(ii) for provisions of the
                  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  and
                  Amended  and  Restated  By-laws of the  Company  defining  the
                  rights of the holders of Common Stock.
            **4.2 Second Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan.+
             *4.3 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (filed as  Exhibit
                  4.3  to  the  Company's Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1,
                  File No. 33-99738, filed on  November 22, 1995 (the "Company's
                  Form S-1")).+
             *4.4 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management  Employees who
                  are a party to an employment  agreement  and the  Stockholders
                  Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.5 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management  Employees who
                  are not a party to an employment agreement or the Stockholders
                  Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.6 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for Employees who will receive
                  non-contingent  options  only  (filed  as  Exhibit  4.6 to the
                  Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.7 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management  Employees who
                  are a party to an employment  agreement but are not a party to
                  the  Stockholders  Agreement  (filed  as  Exhibit  4.7  to the
                  Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.8 1996  Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement for Rudolph McGlashan
                  (filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
             *4.9 1996  Basic  Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Management
                  Employees (filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
            *4.10 1996  Form  of  Stock Option  Agreement  for Wesley T. O'Brien
                  (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
            *4.11 1996  Modified Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management
                  Employee (filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
            *4.12 Form of Common  Stock  Certificate  of the  Company  (filed as
                  Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Form S-1).
           **4.13 1997 Form of Stock Option Agreement for Rudolph McGlashan.
           **4.14 1997  Basic  Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement for Employees.
           **4.15 1997 Form of Stock Option Agreement for Wesley T. O'Brien.
            *10.1 Employment  Agreement  between the Company and Norman  Klugman
                  (filed as Exhibit  10.1 to the Company's Form S-1).+
            *10.2 Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the Company and
                  Norman  Klugman  (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's  Form
                  S-1).+
           **10.3 Amended  and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company
                  and Wesley T. O'Brien.+
            *10.4 Employment Agreement between the Company and Rudolph McGlashan
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form S-1).+
            *10.5 Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the Company and
                  Rudolph McGlashan (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).+
            *10.6 Warrant  Agreement  between  the  Company and Warburg,  Pincus
                  Investors,  L.P. (filed  as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).
            *10.7 Stock   Purchase and   Sale  Agreement,   dated   December 15,
                  1993, by and among Teracom Communications, Inc.  ("Purchaser")
                  and  Douglas  M. Lapin,  Stanley  P.  Lapin  and Eileen  Lapin
                  ("Sellers")(filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form S-1).

                                      -50-

<PAGE>

   EXHIBIT NO.                          DESCRIPTION
   -----------                          -----------

            *10.8 Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated June 30,  1994,  between IDB
                  Communications  Group, Inc. on behalf of its subsidiaries, IDB
                  WorldCom  Services,  Inc.  and  IDB WorldCom, Inc.  ("Seller")
                  and Teracom U.S.A., Inc. ("Purchaser") (filed as Exhibit 10.14
                  to the Company's Form S-1).
            *10.9 Stock  Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated July 8,  1994,  by
                  and among Teracom  U.S.A., Inc. ("Purchaser") and Peter Buffa,
                  Sam Herzberg,  Lawrence Levy and Felix  Fernandez  ("Sellers")
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.10 Asset Purchase Agreement,  dated July 12, 1994, by and between
                  Virgin Islands Tele-Com, Inc. ("Seller")  and Teracom  U.S.A.,
                  Inc.  ("Purchaser")  (filed as Exhibit  10.16 to the Company's
                  Form S-1).
           *10.11 Equipment  Lease,  dated  February 1, 1993, by and between DSC
                  Finance Corporation  ("Lessor") and Total  Telecommunications,
                  Inc.  ("Lessee") (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).
           *10.12 Equipment Lease,  dated  February 17,  1992,  between Advanced
                  Telecommunications   Corporation    ("Lessor")    and    Total
                  Telecommunications,  Inc. ("Lessee") (filed as  Exhibit  10.18
                  to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.13 Agreement for Billing and Related Services, dated August 1994,
                  between  TresCom  U.S.A.,  Inc.  and  Electronic  Data Systems
                  Corporation  (filed as  Exhibit  10.19 to the  Company's  Form
                  S-1).
           *10.14 Lease  Agreement,  dated  June 28,  1990,  between  Twenty One
                  Century Building and Puerto Rico Telecom Corporation (filed as
                  Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.15 Lease,  dated  February 1,  1992,   between   Telcom  Building
                  Corporation   and   Total  Telecommunications,  Inc. (filed as
                  Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.16 Lease,   dated   December 20, 1993, between  Hudson  Telegraph
                  Associates  and  Caribbean Telecommunications, Inc. (filed  as
                  Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.17 Form of Indemnification  Agreement between the Company and its
                  directors  and executive  officers  (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to
                  the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.18 Amendment No. 1 to Restated  Stockholders  Agreement,  dated 
                  February 5, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).
           *10.19 Employment  Agreement between the Company and William A Paquin
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on
                  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996).+
           *10.20 Severance  Agreement  between the  Company and Norman  Klugman
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on
                  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1996).
          **10.21 Credit  Facility  between  the  Company  and SunTrust Bank and
                  Amendment No. 1 thereto.
           **11.1 Statement re computation of earnings per share.
           **11.2 Statement re computation of supplemental earnings per share.
           **21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
           **23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
           **23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
           **23.3 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
           **27.1 Financial Data Schedule.

- --------------------------
 +  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 *  Incorporated herein.
** Filed herewith.

                                      -51-

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

   Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or  15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Ft.
Lauderdale, State of Florida, on the 28th day of March, 1997.

                                            TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                       By:/S/ WESLEY T. O'BRIEN
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Wesley T. O'Brien
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer

     KNOWN  BY ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears below  constitutes  and appoints Wesley T. O'Brien and William A. Paquin
his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution
and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,  place and stead,  in any and all
capacities,  to sign any and all  amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
and to file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each
and every  act and thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done in and about the
premises,  as fully as he might or  could do in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact and agent or their or his substitutes
or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 28th day of March, 1997.

        SIGNATURE                                       TITLE(S)
        ---------                                       -------- 

/S/ Wesley T. O'Brien                       President, Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------------        and Director (Principal Executive
    Wesley T. O'Brien                       Officer)


/S/ Rudolph McGlashan                       Chief Operating Officer and Director
- ------------------------------------
    Rudolph McGlashan

/S/ William A. Paquin                       Chief Financial Officer (Principal
- ------------------------------------        Financial and Accounting Officer)
    William A. Paquin

/S/ Douglas M. Karp                         Director
- ------------------------------------
    Douglas M. Karp

/S/ Henry Kressel                           Director
- ------------------------------------
    Henry Kressel

                                            Director
- ------------------------------------
    Gary D. Nusbaum


/s/ Helen Seltzer                           Director
- ------------------------------------
    Helen Seltzer


/s/ Read McNamara                           Director
- ------------------------------------
    Read McNamara


                                      -52-

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

   EXHIBIT NO.                          DESCRIPTION
   -----------                          -----------

          *3.1(i) Third Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to  the  Company's  Registration
                  Statement on  Form  S-8, File No. 333-1912, filed on March 4,
                  1996).
         *3.1(ii) Amended and Restated  By-laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit
                  3.1(ii) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
                  1996,  File No.  0-27594,  filed on March 29,  1996 (the "1996
                  Form 10-K")).
              4.1 See Exhibit  numbers  3.1(i) and 3.1(ii) for provisions of the
                  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  and
                  Amended  and  Restated  By-laws of the  Company  defining  the
                  rights of the holders of Common Stock.
            **4.2 Second Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan.+
             *4.3 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (filed as  Exhibit
                  4.3  to  the  Company's Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1,
                  File No. 33-99738, filed on  November 22, 1995 (the "Company's
                  Form S-1")).+
             *4.4 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management  Employees who
                  are a party to an employment  agreement  and the  Stockholders
                  Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.5 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management  Employees who
                  are not a party to an employment agreement or the Stockholders
                  Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.6 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for Employees who will receive
                  non-contingent  options  only  (filed  as  Exhibit  4.6 to the
                  Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.7 Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management  Employees who
                  are a party to an employment  agreement but are not a party to
                  the  Stockholders  Agreement  (filed  as  Exhibit  4.7  to the
                  Company's Form S-1).+
             *4.8 1996  Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement for Rudolph McGlashan
                  (filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
             *4.9 1996  Basic  Form of Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Management
                  Employees (filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
            *4.10 1996  Form  of  Stock Option  Agreement  for Wesley T. O'Brien
                  (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
            *4.11 1996  Modified Form of Stock Option  Agreement for  Management
                  Employee (filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the 1996 Form 10-K).+
            *4.12 Form of Common  Stock  Certificate  of the  Company  (filed as
                  Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Form S-1).
           **4.13 1997 Form of Stock Option Agreement for Rudolph McGlashan.
           **4.14 1997  Basic  Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement for Employees.
           **4.15 1997 Form of Stock Option Agreement for Wesley T. O'Brien.
            *10.1 Employment  Agreement  between the Company and Norman  Klugman
                  (filed as Exhibit  10.1 to the Company's Form S-1).+
            *10.2 Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the Company and
                  Norman  Klugman  (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's  Form
                  S-1).+
           **10.3 Amended  and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company
                  and Wesley T. O'Brien.+
            *10.4 Employment Agreement between the Company and Rudolph McGlashan
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form S-1).+
            *10.5 Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the Company and
                  Rudolph McGlashan (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).+
            *10.6 Warrant  Agreement  between  the  Company and Warburg,  Pincus
                  Investors,  L.P. (filed  as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).
            *10.7 Stock   Purchase and   Sale  Agreement,   dated   December 15,
                  1993, by and among Teracom Communications, Inc.  ("Purchaser")
                  and  Douglas  M. Lapin,  Stanley  P.  Lapin  and Eileen  Lapin
                  ("Sellers")(filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form S-1).
            *10.8 Asset Purchase  Agreement,  dated June 30,  1994,  between IDB
                  Communications  Group, Inc. on behalf of its subsidiaries, IDB
                  WorldCom  Services,  Inc.  and  IDB WorldCom, Inc.  ("Seller")
                  and

                                      -53-
<PAGE>


   EXHIBIT NO.                          DESCRIPTION
   -----------                          -----------

                  Teracom  U.S.A.,  Inc. ("Purchaser") (filed  as  Exhibit 10.14
                  to the Company's Form S-1).
            *10.9 Stock  Purchase and Sale  Agreement,  dated July 8,  1994,  by
                  and among Teracom  U.S.A., Inc. ("Purchaser") and Peter Buffa,
                  Sam Herzberg,  Lawrence Levy and Felix  Fernandez  ("Sellers")
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.10 Asset Purchase Agreement,  dated July 12, 1994, by and between
                  Virgin Islands  Tele-Com, Inc. ("Seller") and Teracom  U.S.A.,
                  Inc.  ("Purchaser")  (filed as Exhibit  10.16 to the Company's
                  Form S-1).
           *10.11 Equipment  Lease,  dated  February 1, 1993, by and between DSC
                  Finance Corporation  ("Lessor") and Total  Telecommunications,
                  Inc.  ("Lessee") (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).
           *10.12 Equipment Lease,  dated  February 17,  1992,  between Advanced
                  Telecommunications   Corporation    ("Lessor")    and    Total
                  Telecommunications,  Inc. ("Lessee") (filed as  Exhibit  10.18
                  to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.13 Agreement for Billing and Related Services, dated August 1994,
                  between  TresCom  U.S.A.,  Inc.  and  Electronic  Data Systems
                  Corporation  (filed as  Exhibit  10.19 to the  Company's  Form
                  S-1).
           *10.14 Lease  Agreement,  dated  June 28,  1990,  between  Twenty One
                  Century Building and Puerto Rico Telecom Corporation (filed as
                  Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.15 Lease,  dated  February 1,  1992,   between   Telcom  Building
                  Corporation   and   Total  Telecommunications,  Inc. (filed as
                  Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.16 Lease,   dated   December 20, 1993, between  Hudson  Telegraph
                  Associates  and  Caribbean Telecommunications, Inc. (filed  as
                  Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.17 Form of Indemnification  Agreement between the Company and its
                  directors  and executive  officers  (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to
                  the Company's Form S-1).
           *10.18 Amendment No. 1 to Restated  Stockholders  Agreement,  dated 
                  February 5, 1996 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Form
                  S-1).
           *10.19 Employment  Agreement between the Company and William A Paquin
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on
                  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996).+
           *10.20 Severance  Agreement  between the  Company and Norman  Klugman
                  (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on
                  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1996).
          **10.21 Credit  Facility  between  the  Company  and SunTrust Bank and
                  Amendment No. 1 thereto.
           **11.1 Statement re computation of earnings per share.
           **11.2 Statement re computation of supplemental earnings per share.
           **21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.
           **23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
           **23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
           **23.3 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
           **27.1 Financial Data Schedule.

- --------------------------
 +  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 *  Incorporated herein.
** Filed herewith.

 
                                      -54-


                          TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

              SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN



                                   ARTICLE I

                                    PURPOSE

      This TresCom  International,  Inc.  Second Amended and Restated 1994 Stock
Option Plan (the  "Plan") is intended as an  incentive  and to  encourage  stock
ownership by  officers,  key  employees,  consultants  and  directors of TresCom
International,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  in order to increase  their  proprietary
interest in the Company's  success and to encourage  them to continue to provide
services to the Company.

      The term  "Company,"  when used in the Plan with  reference to eligibility
and  employment,  shall  include  the  Company  and its  subsidiaries.  The word
"subsidiary,"  when used in the Plan,  shall mean any  subsidiary of the Company
within the meaning of Section  424(f) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended (the "Code").

      It is intended that certain options granted under the Plan will qualify as
"incentive stock options" under Section 422 of the Code.


                                  ARTICLE II

                                ADMINISTRATION

      The  Plan  shall,  unless  the  Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")  shall
otherwise   determine,   be  administered  by  a  Compensation   Committee  (the
"Committee")  appointed  by the Board  that  shall  consist of not less than two
non-employee  director members within the meaning of the rules promulgated under
Section 16(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act").  Subject to the  provisions of the Plan,  the  Committee  shall have sole
authority,  in its absolute  discretion:  (a) to determine which of the eligible
officers,  employees,  consultants and directors of the Company shall be granted
options;  (b) to authorize  the  granting of both  incentive  stock  options and
nonstatutory  stock  options;  (c) to determine  the times when options shall be
granted and the number of shares to be optioned and the times when options shall
be repurchased and the number of options to be repurchased; (d) to determine the
option price of the shares subject to each option, which price shall be not less
than the minimum specified in ARTICLE V (or ARTICLE VII, if applicable);  (e) to
determine the time or times when each option becomes  exercisable,  the duration
of the  exercise  period and any other  restrictions  on the exercise of options
issued hereunder (subject to the provisions of ARTICLE VI and, if


<PAGE>



applicable,  ARTICLE  VII);  (f) to  prescribe  the form or forms of the  option
agreements under the Plan (which forms shall be consistent with the terms of the
Plan but need not be identical);  (g) to adopt, amend and rescind such rules and
regulations as, in its opinion,  may be advisable in the  administration  of the
Plan; and (h) to construe and interpret the Plan, the rules and  regulations and
the option agreements under the Plan and to make all other determinations deemed
necessary  or  advisable  for the  administration  of the Plan.  All  decisions,
determinations  and  interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding
on all optionees.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                 COMMON STOCK

      The stock to be  optioned  under the Plan  shall be  authorized  shares of
Common Stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  of TresCom  International,  Inc. (the
"Common  Stock").  Under the Plan,  the total  number of shares of Common  Stock
which may be purchased  pursuant to options granted  hereunder shall not exceed,
in the aggregate,  Nine Hundred Thirty Six Thousand, Four Hundred and Thirty-Two
(936,432)  shares,  except  as such  number  of  shares  shall  be  adjusted  in
accordance  with the  provisions of ARTICLE XI hereof.  The Company shall at all
times  reserve a  sufficient  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock for  issuance
pursuant  to the Plan and any stock  option  agreements  issued  pursuant to the
Plan.

      The number of shares of Common Stock  available for grant of options under
the Plan shall be  decreased  by the sum of the number of shares with respect to
which  options  have been  issued  and are then  outstanding,  and the number of
shares  issued upon  exercise of options,  under the Plan. In the event that any
outstanding  option under the Plan for any reason  expires,  is terminated or is
cancelled  prior to the end of the period  during which  options may be granted,
the shares of Common Stock called for by the unexercised  portion of such option
may again be subject to an option grant under the Plan.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                          ELIGIBILITY OF PARTICIPANTS

      Subject to ARTICLE VII, in the case of incentive  stock options,  officers
and key  employees of the Company  (excluding  any person who is a member of the
Committee)  shall be eligible to receive  options under the Plan.  Options which
are not  incentive  stock  options may be granted to  officers,  key  employees,
consultants  and  directors  (excluding  any  person  who  is a  member  of  the
Committee).  For  purposes of this Plan,  an  "employee"  shall mean any person,
including officers and directors of the Company,  employed by the Company or any
subsidiary  of the Company.  Neither  service as a director nor the payment of a
director's  fee by the Company  shall be  sufficient  to  constitute a person an
"employee" of the Company.


<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE V

                                 OPTION PRICE

      In the case of each incentive stock option granted under the Plan, subject
to ARTICLE  VII,  the option price shall be at least equal to the greater of (i)
the fair market  value of the Common Stock at the time the option was granted or
(ii) the par value of the Common  Stock.  The fair market  value shall be deemed
for all  purposes of the Plan to be the mean between the highest and lowest sale
prices  reported as having  occurred on any  national  securities  exchange  (an
"Exchange") on which the Company's  Common Stock may be listed and traded on the
last  business  day prior to the date the option is granted,  or, if there is no
such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a sale was
reported.  If the  Company's  Common Stock is not listed on any Exchange but the
Common Stock is quoted in the National Market System of the National Association
of  Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System  ("NASDAQ") on a last sale
basis,  then the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the
mean between the high and low price  reported on the last  business day prior to
the date the option is granted,  or, if there is no such sale on that date, then
on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported.  If the Common Stock is
not quoted in the National Market System of NASDAQ on a last sale basis, but the
Common  Stock is otherwise  quoted on NASDAQ,  then the fair market value of the
Common  Stock shall be deemed to be the mean between the high and low bid prices
on NASDAQ for the Common  Stock on the last  business  day prior to the date the
option is granted. If the Common Stock is not listed on an Exchange or quoted on
NASDAQ,  then the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock shall mean the amount
determined  by the Board to be the fair  market  value  based  upon a good faith
attempt to value the Common Stock  accurately  and computed in  accordance  with
applicable  regulations of the Internal Revenue  Service.  In no event shall the
option price be less than the par value per share of Common Stock on the date an
option is granted.

      In the case of each nonstatutory  stock option granted under the Plan, the
option price shall be such price as may be  determined  by the  Committee in its
sole  discretion,  provided that the option price shall be at least equal to the
par value of the Common Stock.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                         EXERCISE AND TERMS OF OPTIONS

      If an option is  exercisable  in  installments,  installments  or portions
thereof which are exercisable and not exercised shall remain exercisable.

      Any  other  provision  of the Plan to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  but
subject to ARTICLE VII in the case of incentive  stock options,  no option shall
be exercised after the date ten years from the date of grant of such option (the
"Termination Date").


<PAGE>




                                  ARTICLE VII

                         SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
                        TO INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS ONLY

      To the extent the aggregate  fair market value  (determined as of the time
the option is granted) of the Common Stock with  respect to which any  incentive
stock options  granted under the Plan may be  exercisable  for the first time by
the optionee in any calendar year (under the Plan or any other stock option plan
of the  Company),  exceeds  $100,000,  such  options  shall  not  be  considered
incentive stock options, but shall be considered  nonstatutory stock options for
purposes of the Code.  This Article VII shall be applied by taking  options into
account in the order in which they were granted.

      No incentive stock option may be granted to an individual who, at the time
the option is  granted,  owns  directly,  or  indirectly  within the  meaning of
Section 424(d) of the Code,  stock  possessing more than 10 percent of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent or
subsidiary  thereof,  unless such option (i) has an option price of at least 110
percent of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant of
such option; and (ii) cannot be exercised more than five years after the date it
is granted.

      Each optionee who receives an incentive  stock option must agree to notify
the Company in writing  immediately  after the  optionee  makes a  disqualifying
disposition  of  any  Common  Stock  acquired  pursuant  to the  exercise  of an
incentive  stock  option.   A  disqualifying   disposition  is  any  disposition
(including  any sale) of such  Common  Stock  before  the later of (a) two years
after the date the  optionee was granted the  incentive  stock option or (b) one
year  after  the date the  optionee  acquired  Common  Stock by  exercising  the
incentive stock option.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                              PAYMENT FOR SHARES

      Payment  for  shares of Common  Stock  purchased  under an option  granted
hereunder  shall be made in full upon  exercise of the option,  by  certified or
bank  cashier's  check payable to the order of the Company or by any other means
(including without limitation tender of shares of Common Stock then owned by the
optionee)  acceptable to the Company. The Common Stock purchased shall thereupon
be  promptly  delivered;  provided,  however,  that  the  Company  may,  in  its
discretion,  require  that  an  optionee  pay to the  Company,  at the  time  of
exercise,  such amount as the Company deems necessary to satisfy its obligation,
if any, to withhold  Federal,  state or local income or other taxes  incurred by
reason of the exercise or the transfer of shares thereupon.



<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE IX

                     NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION RIGHTS

      No option shall be transferable  except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution.  During  the  lifetime  of  the  optionee,  the  option  shall  be
exercisable only by him.


                                   ARTICLE X

                               CHANGE IN CONTROL

      Notwithstanding  other provisions pertaining to times at which options may
be  exercised,  all  outstanding  options,  to the  extent  not  then  currently
exercisable,  shall become  exercisable in full upon the occurrence of a "Change
in Control." For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control"  shall be deemed to
have occurred if: (A) any "person",  as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and
14(d)(2)  of the  Exchange  Act (other  than the  Company,  any trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or
any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in
substantially  the same  proportions as their  ownership of Common Stock, of the
Company),  becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing
30% or more of the combined  voting power of all classes of the  Company's  then
outstanding voting securities; (B) during any period of two consecutive calendar
years  individuals  who at the  beginning of such period  constitute  the Board,
cease for any  reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  thereof,  unless the
election or nomination  for the election by the Company's  shareholders  of each
new  director  was  approved  by a vote  of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3)  of the
directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the
two-year  period or whose  election or nomination for election was previously so
approved;  (C) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation
of the Company with any other  corporation or legal entity,  other than a merger
or  consolidation  that would  result in the voting  securities  of the  Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity)  more than 50% of the  combined  voting  power of the  voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such merger or consolidation;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a merger or consolidation
effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction)
in which no person  acquires  more than 30% of the combined  voting power of the
Company's then  outstanding  securities shall not constitute a Change in Control
of the  Company;  or (D)  the  shareholders  of the  Company  approve  a plan of
complete  liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition
by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.


<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XI

                 ADJUSTMENT FOR RECAPITALIZATION, MERGER, ETC.

      The  aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock  which may be  purchased
pursuant  to options  granted  hereunder,  the number of shares of Common  Stock
covered by each  outstanding  option and the price per share of each such option
shall be  appropriately  adjusted  for any increase or decrease in the number of
outstanding shares of stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split or
other  subdivision  or  consolidation  of shares  of  Common  Stock or for other
capital  adjustments or payments of stock  dividends or  distributions  or other
increases or decreases in the outstanding shares of Common Stock without receipt
of consideration by the Company. Any adjustment shall be conclusively determined
by the Committee.

      In the event of any change in the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock by
reason of any recapitalization,  merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or
exchange of shares or other corporate  change,  or any  distributions  to common
shareholders   other  than  cash  dividends,   the  Committee  shall  make  such
substitution  or  adjustment,  if any,  as it deems to be  equitable,  as to the
number or kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities  issued or reserved
for  issuance  pursuant to the Plan,  and the number or kind of shares of Common
Stock or other securities covered by outstanding  options,  and the option price
thereof.  In instances  where another  corporation or other  business  entity is
being acquired by the Company,  and the Company has assumed outstanding employee
option grants and/or the  obligation to make future or potential  grants under a
prior existing plan of the acquired entity, similar adjustments are permitted at
the discretion of the  Committee.  The Committee  shall notify  optionees of any
intended  sale of all or  substantially  all of the  Company's  assets  within a
reasonable time prior to such sale.

      The foregoing  adjustments  and the manner of application of the foregoing
provisions shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Any such
adjustment may provide for the  elimination of any fractional  share which might
otherwise become subject to an option.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                       NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION

      Granting of an option  shall  impose no  obligation  on the  recipient  to
exercise such option.


                                 ARTICLE XIII

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

      The proceeds  received from the sale of Common Stock  pursuant to the Plan
shall be used for general corporate purposes.

<PAGE>




                                  ARTICLE XIV

                        RIGHTS AS A COMMON STOCKHOLDER

      An  optionee  or a  transferee  of an  option  shall  have no  rights as a
stockholder  with respect to any share covered by his option until he shall have
become the holder of record of such  share,  and he shall not be entitled to any
dividends  or  distributions  or other rights in respect of such share for which
the record date is prior to the date on which he shall have become the holder of
record thereof.


                                  ARTICLE XV

                               EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

      Nothing in the Plan or in any option granted hereunder shall confer on any
optionee  any  right to  continue  in the  employ of the  Company  or any of its
subsidiaries, or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries to terminate the optionee's employment at any time.


                                  ARTICLE XVI

                            COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW

      The  Company  is  relieved  from  any  liability  for the  nonissuance  or
non-transfer  or any delay in issuance or transfer of any shares of Common Stock
subject  to options  under the Plan  which  results  from the  inability  of the
Company to obtain or any delay in  obtaining,  from any  regulatory  body having
jurisdiction,  all  requisite  authority  to issue or transfer  shares of Common
Stock of the Company  either upon  exercise of options  under the Plan or upon a
request  for  transfer  of  shares of  Common  Stock  issued as a result of such
exercise if counsel for the Company  deems such  authority  necessary for lawful
issuance or transfer of any such  shares.  Appropriate  legends may be placed on
the stock  certificates  evidencing  shares  issued upon  exercise of options to
reflect such transfer restrictions.

      Each option granted under the Plan is subject to the  requirement  that if
at any time the  Committee  determines,  in its  discretion,  that the  listing,
quotation, registration or qualification of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of options is required by any securities exchange,  automated quotation
service or under any state or Federal  law,  or that the  consent or approval of
any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or
in  connection  with,  the grant of options or the  issuance of shares of Common
Stock,  no shares of Common Stock shall be issued,  in whole or in part,  unless
such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected
or obtained free of any conditions or with such  conditions as are acceptable to
the Committee.

 <PAGE>





                                 ARTICLE XVII

                  EFFECTIVE DATE AND EXPIRATION DATE OF PLAN

      The Plan was  effective as of February  22, 1994,  the date of adoption of
the Plan by the Company's Board of Directors and approval by the stockholders of
the Company in a manner  which  complies  with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act
and Section 422(b)(l) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations  thereunder.  The
expiration  date of the Plan,  after  which no option may be granted  hereunder,
shall be February 22, 2004.


                                 ARTICLE XVIII

                      AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE OF PLAN

      The Board may,  without  the  consent  of the  Company's  stockholders  or
optionees  under the Plan,  at any time  terminate  the Plan entirely and at any
time or from time to time amend or modify the Plan, provided that no such action
shall  adversely  affect  options  theretofore  granted  hereunder  without  the
optionee's  consent,  and  provided  further  that no such  action by the Board,
without  approval of the  stockholders,  may:  (a)  increase the total number of
shares of Common Stock which may be purchased  pursuant to options granted under
the Plan,  except  as  contemplated  in  ARTICLE  XI;  (b)  expand  the class of
officers, employees,  consultants or directors eligible to receive options under
the Plan; (c) decrease the minimum option price;  (d) extend the maximum term of
options granted hereunder; or (e) extend the term of the Plan.


                                  ARTICLE XIX

                             REPURCHASE OF OPTIONS

      In granting options hereunder, the Committee may in its discretion, and on
terms  it  considers  appropriate,  require  in the  option  agreement  that  an
optionee,  or the executors or administrators of an optionee's estate, sell back
to the Company such  options or shares of Common  Stock issued upon  exercise of
such  options  in the event  such  optionee's  employment  with the  Company  is
terminated.


                                  ARTICLE XX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     (a) Options  shall be  evidenced  by option  agreements  (which need not be
identical) in such forms as the  Committee  may from time to time approve.  Such
agreements shall conform


<PAGE>



to the terms and  conditions  of the Plan and may provide  that the grant of any
option under the Plan and Common Stock acquired  pursuant to the Plan shall also
be subject to such other conditions  (whether or not applicable to the option or
Common  Stock  received  by any  other  optionee)  as the  Committee  determines
appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions to assist the optionee in
financing  the  purchase  of Common  Stock  through  the  exercise  of  options,
provisions  for  the  forfeiture  of,  or  restrictions   on,  resale  or  other
disposition of shares under the Plan, provisions giving the Company the right to
repurchase shares acquired under the Plan in the event the participant elects to
dispose  of such  shares,  and  provisions  to  comply  with  Federal  and state
securities   laws  and  Federal,   state  and  local   income  tax   withholding
requirements.

      (b) If the  Committee  shall  find that any  person to whom any  amount is
payable  under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs  because of illness or
accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his
estate (unless a prior claim  therefor has been made by a duly  appointed  legal
representative),  may, if the  Committee so directs the Company,  be paid to his
spouse, child,  relative,  an institution  maintaining or having custody of such
person,  or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on
behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a
complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

      (c) No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any
contract  or other  instrument  executed  by such member or on his behalf in his
capacity as a member of the  Committee  nor for any mistake of judgment  made in
good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the
Committee  and each other  employee,  officer or director of the Company to whom
any duty or power relating to the  administration  or interpretation of the Plan
may be allocated or delegated,  against any cost or expense  (including  counsel
fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out
of any act or omission to act in connection  with the Plan unless arising out of
such person's own fraud or bad faith;  provided,  however,  that approval of the
Company's  Board of Directors shall be required for the payment of any amount in
settlement  of  a  claim  against  any  such  person.  The  foregoing  right  of
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to
which  such  persons  may  be  entitled  under  the  Company's   Certificate  of
Incorporation or ByLaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the
Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

      (d) The Plan shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the
internal  laws of the State of Florida  without  reference to the  principles of
conflicts of law thereof.

      (e) No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of
satisfying  any  obligations  under the Plan,  to  purchase  assets or place any
assets in a trust or other entity to which  contributions  are made or otherwise
to segregate any assets,  nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts,
books,  records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately
maintained or administered fund for such purposes.


<PAGE>


      (f) Each member of the Committee and each member of the Company's Board of
Directors  shall be fully  justified  in relying,  acting or failing to act, and
shall not be liable for having so relied,  acted or failed to act in good faith,
upon any report made by the  independent  public  accountant  of the Company and
upon any other  information  furnished in connection with the Plan by any person
or persons other than such member.

      (g)  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  in the  relevant  plan
document,  no payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in  determining
any benefits under any pension, retirement,  profit-sharing,  group insurance or
other benefit plan of the Company.

      (h) The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

      (i) Masculine  pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to
both men and women.

                                 *     *     *

As  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  of TresCom  International,  Inc.  as of
February  22,  1994,  amended  and  restated  as of August 11,  1995 and further
amended and restated as of February 14, 1997




                          TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


            AGREEMENT,  dated as of  February 6, 1997,  by and  between  TresCom
International,  Inc., a Florida  corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned
optionee (the "Optionee").

      1.  GRANT OF  OPTIONS.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to the  Optionee  in
accordance  with the  attached  Notice of Stock  Option  Grant  (the  "Notice of
Grant")  options  (the  "Options")  to  purchase a total  number of shares  (the
"Shares") of the Common Stock, $.0419 par value (the "Common Stock"), of TresCom
International,  Inc.  set forth in the Notice of Grant at the "Option  Price Per
Share" set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price").

            If designated as incentive stock options  ("ISOs"),  the Options are
intended to qualify as  "incentive  stock  options" as defined in Section 422 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  To the extent any
Option issued  pursuant to this  Agreement  does not qualify as an ISO under the
Code, such Option shall be considered a nonstatutory  stock option ("NSO") under
the Code.

     2. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  The Options shall be exercisable during their term
in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below:

            (a)   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                  (i)  VESTING   SCHEDULE.   Subject  to  Optionee's   continued
employment and the terms of this Agreement and further  subject to early vesting
in the event of a Change in Control  (as  defined in the Stock  Option  Plan (as
hereinafter  defined)),  Options to purchase the Shares shall become  vested and
fully  exercisable  as to 20% of such  Shares  on the first  anniversary  of the
Vesting  Commencement  Date (as defined in the Notice of Grant) and shall become
vested and fully  exercisable  as to an  additional  20% of such  Shares on each
anniversary  of  such  first  anniversary,  such  that  the  Options  are  fully
exercisable five (5) years after the Vesting Commencement Date.

                  (ii) The  Options may not be  exercised  for a fraction of a
share.

                  (iii) In the event of  Optionee's  death,  disability or other
termination of employment,  the  exercisability of the Options shall be governed
by Section 5 below.

                  (iv) In no event may any  Option be  exercised  after the Term
Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

                  (v) As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall have
the meanings ascribed to them below:



<PAGE>



            "CAUSE" shall have the meaning given to such term in the  Employment
Agreement (as defined herein).

            "COMMITTEE"  means the  Compensation  Committee that administers the
Stock Option Plan (as defined herein).

            "DISABILITY" shall have the meaning given to such term in the
Employment Agreement.

            "EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT" means the Employment Agreement,  dated as of
February 22, 1994, as amended, between Optionee and the Company.

            "NON-PERFORMANCE"  shall  have  the  meaning  given  to  such  term
in the Employment Agreement.

            "STOCK  OPTION PLAN" means the TresCom  International,  Inc.  Second
Amended and Restated  1994 Stock  Option  Plan,  as the same may be amended from
time to time in accordance with its terms.

            "TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE"  shall have the meaning  given to such
term in the Employment Agreement.

                  (vi) To the extent the aggregate fair market value (determined
as of the time the Options are granted) of Shares with respect to which  Options
are  exercised  for the first time by Optionee  during any calendar year exceeds
the maximum  amount  permitted by the Code for  treatment as ISOs,  such Options
shall be treated as NSOs for purposes of the Code. This rule shall be applied by
taking into  account  Options in the order in which they were  granted.  Options
that are treated as NSOs shall  otherwise  be subject to all the  provisions  of
this Agreement to the extent applicable.

            (b)  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE.  The Options  shall be  exercisable  by
written notice (in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit A) which shall state the
election to exercise  Options,  the method of exercise,  the number of Shares in
respect of which  Options  are being  exercised,  and such  representations  and
agreements with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the
Company.  Such  written  notice  shall be  signed by the  Optionee  and shall be
delivered in person or by certified  mail to the  Secretary of the Company.  The
written notice shall be accompanied  by payment of the Exercise  Price.  Options
shall be deemed to be  exercised  upon  receipt by the  Company of such  written
notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

            No Shares will be issued  pursuant to the exercise of Options unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law
and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated  quotation  service upon
which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

<PAGE>


      3.    METHOD OF PAYMENT.

            (a) Payment of the Exercise Price for the number of shares for which
Options are being exercised shall be made:

                  (i)   in cash or by check;

                  (ii)  by tender to the  Company of shares of the  Common Stock
            then owned by the Optionee having a fair market value, as determined
            by the Company's Board of Directors,  at least equal to the Exercise
            Price; or

                  (iii) a combination of the foregoing.

            (b) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Options may not be exercised by
tender to the Company of shares of the Common Stock to the extent such tender of
stock would  constitute a violation  of the  provisions  of any law,  regulation
and/or  agreement  restricting  the redemption of the Common Stock or, if in the
opinion of counsel to the Company, such tender of stock might impair the ability
of  purchasers  of stock from the  Company  from taking  full  advantage  of the
provisions of Section 1202 of the Code  relating to capital  gains  treatment of
stock issued by the Company.  Unless  otherwise  provided by the  Committee,  an
Option  may not be  exercised  by tender to the  Company of shares of the Common
Stock  unless such shares  either have been owned by the  Optionee for more than
six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

      4. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.  Options may not be exercised if the issuance
of the Shares upon such exercise would  constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state  securities or other law or  regulation.  As a condition to the
exercise  of  an  Option,   the  Company  may  require   Optionee  to  make  any
representation  and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable
law or regulation.

      5.    TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP.

            (a) In the event of (i) the termination of the Employment  Agreement
for Cause,  Non-Performance  or by reason of the death or Disability of Optionee
or (ii) the termination by Optionee of his employment by the Company (other than
pursuant to a Termination Without Cause),  Optionee may, to the extent, but only
to the extent,  Options are vested as of the date of  termination as provided in
this Agreement,  exercise this Option during the "Termination  Period" described
in the Notice of Grant,  and any Options  which are not deemed to have vested in
accordance  with  Section  2(a)  hereof  shall   automatically   expire  and  be
terminated.

            (b) In the  event of the  termination  of the  Employment  Agreement
pursuant to a Termination  Without  Cause,  all Options which had not previously
vested shall  automatically  be deemed to have vested and  Optionee  may, to the
extent Options are deemed to have vested


<PAGE>


as set forth herein,  exercise  Options during the Termination  Period,  and any
Options  which  are not  deemed  to have  vested in  accordance  herewith  shall
automatically expire and be terminated.

            (c) If,  following the expiration of the Employment  Agreement,  the
employment of Optionee is terminated,  Optionee may, to the extent  otherwise so
entitled  at  the  date  of  such  termination,   exercise  Options  during  the
Termination  Period,  and any  Options  which are not  deemed to have  vested in
accordance herewith shall automatically expire and be terminated.

            (d) If Optionee does not exercise  Options within the time specified
herein as to any Shares, such Options shall terminate as to such Shares.

            (e) For purposes of this Section 5 and the  definition of "Cause" in
subsection 2(a)(v), "Company" shall mean TresCom International,  Inc. and any of
its subsidiaries (as defined in the Stock Option Plan).

      6.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.

            (a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by the
stockholders  of the Company,  the number of shares of Common  Stock  covered by
each  outstanding  Option,  and the number of shares of Common  Stock which have
been  authorized  for  issuance  under the Stock  Option Plan but as to which no
Options  have yet been  granted or which have been  returned to the Stock Option
Plan upon  cancellation  or  expiration  of an Option,  as well as the price per
share  of  Common  Stock  covered  by each  such  outstanding  Option,  shall be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split,  reverse stock split, stock
dividend,  combination  or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other
increase  or decrease in the number of issued  shares of Common  Stock  effected
without  receipt  of  consideration  by the  Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that
conversion of any  convertible  securities of the Company shall not be deemed to
have been "effected without receipt of consideration."  Such adjustment shall be
made by the Board, whose  determination in that respect shall be final,  binding
and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company
of shares of stock of any class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock
of any class,  shall affect,  and no adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made
with  respect to, the number or price of shares of Common  Stock  subject to the
Options.

            (b)  DISSOLUTION  OR  LIQUIDATION.  In the  event  of  the  proposed
dissolution or  liquidation of the Company,  the Board shall notify the Optionee
at least  fifteen  (15) days prior to such  proposed  action.  To the extent not
previously  exercised,  all  Options  will  terminate  immediately  prior to the
consummation of such proposed action.

            (c)  MERGER.  In the event of a merger of the  Company  with or into
another corporation,  the Options shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall
be substituted  by such successor  corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such
successor corporation.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Options shall be
considered assumed if, following the merger, the Options

<PAGE>



confer  the  right  to  purchase,  for each  Share  subject  to a vested  Option
immediately  prior to the merger,  the  consideration  (whether stock,  cash, or
other securities or property)  received in the merger by holders of Common Stock
for each share held on the  effective  date of the  transaction  (and if holders
were offered a choice of consideration,  the type of consideration chosen by the
holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock);  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if such consideration received in the merger was not solely common
stock of the successor  corporation  or its parent,  the Committee may, with the
consent  of the  successor  corporation  and the  participant,  provide  for the
consideration  to be  received  upon the  exercise  of  Options,  for each Share
subject to such Options, to be solely common stock of the successor  corporation
or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received
by holders of Common Stock in the merger.

      7.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Options may not be transferred in any
manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or  distribution  and may be
exercised  during the  lifetime of Optionee  only by him/her.  The terms of this
Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors
and assigns of the Optionee.

      8. TERM OF OPTIONS.  The Options may be exercised  only on or prior to the
"Term  Expiration  Date" set forth in the Notice of Grant,  and may be exercised
during  such term only in  accordance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.

     9. TAX  CONSEQUENCES.  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of
this  Agreement of some of the federal tax  consequences  of exercise of Options
and  disposition  of the Shares.  THIS  SUMMARY  ADDRESSES  ONLY  CERTAIN OF THE
GENERAL  FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS;  IT DOES NOT CONSIDER THE FACTS AND
CIRCUMSTANCES OF ANY PARTICULAR OPTIONEE'S SITUATION, NOR DOES IT ADDRESS STATE,
LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX CONSIDERATIONS. THIS SUMMARY IS BASED ON FEDERAL TAX LAW AS
CURRENTLY  IN EFFECT,  AND SUCH TAX LAW IS SUBJECT  TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE  SHOULD
CONSULT  HIS OWN TAX  ADVISOR  WITH  RESPECT TO THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO HIM OF
RECEIVING AND EXERCISING  OPTIONS AND DISPOSING OF SHARES BEFORE  EXERCISING THE
OPTIONS OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

            (i) EXERCISE OF ISOS.  If an Option  qualifies as an ISO, no regular
federal  income tax will be imposed upon the  exercise of such Option.  However,
the  excess,  if any,  of the fair  market  value of the  Shares  on the date of
exercise over the Exercise  Price will generally be treated as an adjustment for
federal  alternative  minimum tax  purposes  and may subject the Optionee to the
alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

            (ii)  EXERCISE  OF NSOS.  If an Option  does not  qualify as an ISO,
federal income tax may be imposed upon the exercise of such Option. The Optionee
will generally be treated as having  received  compensation  income  (taxable at
ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value
of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an
employee, the Company will be required to deduct and


<PAGE>


withhold applicable taxes from Optionee's compensation,  or collect such amounts
from Optionee and pay them to the applicable taxing authorities,  at the time of
exercise.

            (iii)  DISPOSITION  OF  SHARES.  In the case of Shares  acquired  on
exercise of an NSO that are held for at least one (1) year, any gain realized on
disposition  of the Shares will  generally be treated as long-term  capital gain
for federal income tax purposes.  In the case of Shares  acquired on exercise of
an ISO that are held for at least one (1) year after  exercise and two (2) years
after the "Date of Grant" set forth in the Notice of Grant, any gain realized on
disposition  of the Shares will also be treated as  long-term  capital  gain for
federal income tax purposes.  If Shares  purchased  under an ISO are disposed of
prior to the later of one (1) year after  exercise  of the ISO and two (2) years
after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will generally be
treated as compensation  income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent
of the excess,  if any,  of the fair  market  value of the Shares on the date of
exercise over the Exercise Price, and the balance of such gain will generally be
treated as long-term capital gain.

            (iv) NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES. If an Option
granted  to  Optionee  herein  is an ISO,  and if  Optionee  sells or  otherwise
disposes  of any of the  Shares  acquired  pursuant  to the ISO on or before the
later of (1) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one
(1) year after transfer of such Shares to the Optionee upon exercise of the ISO,
the  Optionee  shall   immediately   notify  the  Company  in  writing  of  such
disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to tax withholding by
the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee from the early
disposition  by payment in cash or out of the current  compensation  paid to the
Optionee.

     10.  RECEIPT  OF  STOCK  OPTION  PLAN.  Optionee  acknowledges  that he has
received,  read and  understood the provisions of the Stock Option Plan pursuant
to which  this  Agreement  was  issued,  and agrees to be bound by its terms and
conditions.

      11.  INTERPRETATION.  Any dispute  regarding  the  interpretation  of this
Agreement  shall be  submitted  by Optionee or by the Company  forthwith  to the
Committee  (or if no Committee is then in existence,  to the Company's  Board of
Directors),  which shall review such dispute at its next  regular  meeting.  The
resolution  of such a dispute by the Committee (or the Board) shall be final and
binding on the Company and on Optionee.

      12. NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  personal  delivery or upon
deposit in the United  States  mail by  certified  mail,  with  postage and fees
prepaid,  addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its
signature,  or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from
time to time to the other party.

     13.  FURTHER  INSTRUMENTS.  The  parties  agree  to  execute  such  further
instruments and to take such further  actions as may be reasonably  necessary to
carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.


<PAGE>


      14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. The Stock Option Plan,
Notice of Grant and Exercise Notice are incorporated  herein by reference.  This
Agreement,  the Stock Option Plan,  the Notice of Grant and the Exercise  Notice
constitute  the entire  agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety
all prior  undertakings  and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect
to the  subject  matter  hereof,  and  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Florida,  excluding  that body of law
pertaining  to  conflicts  of law.  Should any  provision  of this  Agreement be
determined  by a  court  of  law  to be  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  other
provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
and delivered as of the date first above written.

OPTIONEE                                  TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


_______________________________           By:_________________________________
Signature                                 Title:






ADDRESS:                                  ADDRESS:

________________________________          200 East Broward Boulevard
                                          Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301
________________________________

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT A


                                EXERCISE NOTICE


TresCom International, Inc.
200 East Broward Boulevard
Fort Lauderdale, FL  33301

Attention:    Secretary

      1.  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  Effective  as of today,  ________________,  the
undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option to purchase
________  shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") of TresCom  International,  Inc.
(the "Company")  under and pursuant to the Company's Second Amended and Restated
1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), and the Stock Option Agreement
by and between the Company and the Optionee  dated February 6, 1997 (the "Option
Agreement").

      2.  REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE.  Optionee  acknowledges that Optionee has
received, read and understood the Stock Option Plan and the Option Agreement and
agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. References herein
to this  "Agreement"  include this Exercise  Notice,  the Stock Option Plan, the
Notice of Grant  (which is  attached  to the  Option  Agreement)  and the Option
Agreement,  all of which are  incorporated  herein by  reference  as provided in
Section 11 hereof.

      3. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS. Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Option Agreement to the contrary, Optionee understands and acknowledges that
the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly  conditioned upon
compliance  with the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  all applicable  state
securities laws and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange, automated
quotation service or over the counter market on which the Company's Common Stock
may be listed or traded at the time of exercise and transfer. Optionee agrees to
cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

      4.  RIGHTS AS  SHAREHOLDER.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement, Optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company
with respect to the Shares from and after the date that  Optionee  delivers full
payment of the  Exercise  Price  until  such time as  Optionee  disposes  of the
Shares.

      5. TAX CONSULTATION. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse
tax  consequences  as a result of  Optionee's  purchase  or  disposition  of the
Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants
Optionee deems  advisable in connection  with the purchase or disposition of the
Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


<PAGE>


      6. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The Company may assign any of its rights under
this Agreement to single or multiple  assignees,  and this Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of the  successors  and assigns of the  Company.  This  Agreement
shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors,  administrators,
successors and assigns.

      7.  INTERPRETATION.  Any  dispute  regarding  the  interpretation  of this
Agreement  shall be  submitted  by Optionee or by the Company  forthwith  to the
committee  thereof  that  administers  the  Stock  Option  Plan  (or if no  such
committee is then in existence,  to the  Company's  Board of  Directors),  which
shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a
dispute  by the  committee  (or the  Board)  shall be final and  binding  on the
Company and on Optionee.

      8. NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted  hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  personal  delivery or upon
deposit in the United  States  mail by  certified  mail,  with  postage and fees
prepaid,  addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its
signature,  or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from
time to time to the other party.

     9.  FURTHER  INSTRUMENTS.   The  parties  agree  to  execute  such  further
instruments and to take such further  actions as may be reasonably  necessary to
carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

     10. DELIVERY OF PAYMENT. Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full
Exercise Price for the Shares.  Optionee  hereby elects to pay the full Exercise
Price (check the appropriate box):

                 |_|  in cash or by check;

                 |_|  by tender to the Company of shares of Common Stock in
                      accordance with Section 3(a)(ii) of the Option Agreement;

                 |_|  by a combination of the foregoing.


<PAGE>


      11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. The Stock Option Plan,
Notice of Grant and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This
Exercise  Notice,  the Stock  Option  Plan,  the  Notice of Grant and the Option
Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their
entirety all prior  undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with
respect to the subject matter hereof,  and shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Florida,  excluding  that body of law
pertaining  to  conflicts  of law.  Should any  provision  of this  Agreement be
determined  by a  court  of  law  to be  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  other
provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

Submitted by:                             Accepted by:

OPTIONEE:                                 TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


_________________________________         By:________________________________
Signature                                 Title:

_________________________________
Print Name

ADDRESS:                                  ADDRESS:

_________________________________         200 East Broward Boulevard
                                          Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301


                          TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


      AGREEMENT,   dated  as  of  February  6,  1997,  by  and  between  TresCom
International,  Inc., a Florida  corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned
optionee (the "Optionee").

      1.  GRANT OF  OPTIONS.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to the  Optionee  in
accordance  with the  attached  Notice of Stock  Option  Grant  (the  "Notice of
Grant")  options  (the  "Options")  to  purchase a total  number of shares  (the
"Shares") of the Common Stock, $.0419 par value (the "Common Stock"), of TresCom
International,  Inc.  set forth in the Notice of Grant at the "Option  Price Per
Share" set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price").

            If designated as incentive stock options  ("ISOs"),  the Options are
intended to qualify as  "incentive  stock  options" as defined in Section 422 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  To the extent any
Option issued  pursuant to this  Agreement  does not qualify as an ISO under the
Code, such Option shall be considered a nonstatutory  stock option ("NSO") under
the Code.

     2. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  The Options shall be exercisable during their term
in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below:

            (a)   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                  (i)  VESTING   SCHEDULE.   Subject  to  Optionee's   continued
employment and the terms of this Agreement and further  subject to early vesting
in the event of a Change in Control  (as  defined in the Stock  Option  Plan (as
hereinafter defined)),  Options to purchase Shares shall become vested and fully
exercisable  as to 20% of such  Shares on the first  anniversary  of the Vesting
Commencement  Date (as defined in the Notice of Grant) and shall  become  vested
and fully exercisable as to an additional 20% of such Shares on each anniversary
of such first anniversary,  such that the Options are fully exercisable five (5)
years after the Vesting Commencement Date.

                  (ii) The Options may not be exercised for a fraction of a 
share.

                  (iii) In the event of  Optionee's  death,  disability or other
termination of employment,  the  exercisability of the Options shall be governed
by Section 5 below.

                  (iv) In no event may any  Option be  exercised  after the Term
Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

                  (v) As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall have
the meanings ascribed to them below:


<PAGE>



            "COMMITTEE"  means the  Compensation  Committee that administers the
Stock Option Plan (as defined herein).

            "STOCK  OPTION PLAN" means the TresCom  International,  Inc.  Second
Amended and Restated  1994 Stock  Option  Plan,  as the same may be amended from
time to time in accordance with its terms.

                  (vi) To the extent the aggregate fair market value (determined
as of the time the Options are granted) of Shares with respect to which  Options
are  exercised  for the first time by Optionee  during any calendar year exceeds
the maximum  amount  permitted by the Code for  treatment as ISOs,  such Options
shall be treated as NSOs for purposes of the Code. This rule shall be applied by
taking into  account  Options in the order in which they were  granted.  Options
that are treated as NSOs shall  otherwise  be subject to all the  provisions  of
this Agreement to the extent applicable.

            (b)  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE.  The Options  shall be  exercisable  by
written notice (in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit A) which shall state the
election to exercise  Options,  the method of exercise,  the number of Shares in
respect of which  Options  are being  exercised,  and such  representations  and
agreements with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the
Company.  Such  written  notice  shall be  signed by the  Optionee  and shall be
delivered in person or by certified  mail to the  Secretary of the Company.  The
written notice shall be accompanied  by payment of the Exercise  Price.  Options
shall be deemed to be  exercised  upon  receipt by the  Company of such  written
notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

            No Shares will be issued  pursuant to the exercise of Options unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law
and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated  quotation  service upon
which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

      3.    METHOD OF PAYMENT.

            (a) Payment of the Exercise Price for the number of shares for which
Options are being exercised shall be made:

                  (i)   in cash or by check;

                  (ii) by tender to the  Company of shares of the  Common  Stock
            then owned by the Optionee having a fair market value, as determined
            by the Company's Board of Directors,  at least equal to the Exercise
            Price; or

                  (iii) a combination of the foregoing.

            (b) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Options may not be exercised by
tender to the Company of shares of the Common Stock to the extent such tender of
stock would

<PAGE>



constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation and/or agreement
restricting  the redemption of the Common Stock or, if in the opinion of counsel
to the Company,  such tender of stock might impair the ability of  purchasers of
stock from the Company from taking full  advantage of the  provisions of Section
1202 of the Code  relating to capital  gains  treatment  of stock  issued by the
Company.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by the  Committee,  an Option  may not be
exercised  by tender to the  Company of shares of the Common  Stock  unless such
shares  either have been owned by the  Optionee  for more than six (6) months or
were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

      4. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.  Options may not be exercised if the issuance
of the Shares upon such exercise would  constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state  securities or other law or  regulation.  As a condition to the
exercise  of  an  Option,   the  Company  may  require   Optionee  to  make  any
representation  and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable
law or regulation.

      5.    TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP.

            (a) In the  event  of (i)  the  termination  by the  Company  of the
employment of Optionee for any reason,  with or without cause, and including but
not limited to termination  upon death or disability or (ii) the  termination by
Optionee of his employment by the Company, Optionee may, to the extent, but only
to the extent,  Options are vested as of the date of  termination as provided in
this Agreement,  exercise such Options during the "Termination Period" described
in the Notice of Grant,  and any Options  which are not deemed to have vested in
accordance  with  Section  2(a)  hereof  shall   automatically   expire  and  be
terminated.

            (b) If the  employment of Optionee is  terminated,  Optionee may, to
the extent  otherwise  so  entitled  at the date of such  termination,  exercise
Options during the Termination  Period,  and any Options which are not deemed to
have vested in accordance herewith shall automatically expire and be terminated.

            (c) If Optionee does not exercise  Options within the time specified
herein as to any Shares, such Options shall terminate as to such Shares.

            (d)  For purposes of this Section 5, "Company" shall mean
TresCom International,  Inc. and any of its subsidiaries (as defined in the
Stock Option Plan).

      6.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.

            (a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by the
stockholders  of the Company,  the number of shares of Common  Stock  covered by
each  outstanding  Option,  and the number of shares of Common  Stock which have
been  authorized  for  issuance  under the Stock  Option Plan but as to which no
Options  have yet been  granted or which have been  returned to the Stock Option
Plan upon  cancellation  or  expiration  of an Option,  as well as the price per
share  of  Common  Stock  covered  by each  such  outstanding  Option,  shall be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of


<PAGE>



Common Stock resulting from a stock split,  reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of  consideration  by the Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of  consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.
Except as  expressly  provided  herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares of
stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class,
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to the Options.

            (b)  DISSOLUTION  OR  LIQUIDATION.  In the  event  of  the  proposed
dissolution or  liquidation of the Company,  the Board shall notify the Optionee
at least  fifteen  (15) days prior to such  proposed  action.  To the extent not
previously  exercised,  all  Options  will  terminate  immediately  prior to the
consummation of such proposed action.

            (c)  MERGER.  In the event of a merger of the  Company  with or into
another corporation,  the Options shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall
be substituted  by such successor  corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such
successor corporation.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Options shall be
considered  assumed if,  following the merger,  the Options  confer the right to
purchase,  for each Share  subject to a vested Option  immediately  prior to the
merger, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property)
received  in the merger by  holders  of Common  Stock for each share held on the
effective  date of the  transaction  (and if  holders  were  offered a choice of
consideration,  the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of
the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock);  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that if such
consideration  received  in the  merger  was  not  solely  common  stock  of the
successor  corporation or its parent, the Committee may, with the consent of the
successor  corporation and the participant,  provide for the consideration to be
received  upon the exercise of Options,  for each Share subject to such Options,
to be solely  common stock of the successor  corporation  or its parent equal in
fair market value to the per share  consideration  received by holders of Common
Stock in the merger.

      7.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Options may not be transferred in any
manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or  distribution  and may be
exercised  during the  lifetime of Optionee  only by him/her.  The terms of this
Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors
and assigns of the Optionee.

      8. TERM OF OPTIONS.  The Options may be exercised  only on or prior to the
"Term  Expiration  Date" set forth in the Notice of Grant,  and may be exercised
during such term only in accordance with terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     9. TAX  CONSEQUENCES.  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of
this  Agreement of some of the federal tax  consequences  of exercise of Options
and  disposition  of the Shares.  THIS  SUMMARY  ADDRESSES  ONLY  CERTAIN OF THE
GENERAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS; IT DOES NOT CONSIDER THE FACTS AND

<PAGE>



CIRCUMSTANCES OF ANY PARTICULAR OPTIONEE'S SITUATION, NOR DOES IT ADDRESS STATE,
LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX CONSIDERATIONS. THIS SUMMARY IS BASED ON FEDERAL TAX LAW AS
CURRENTLY  IN EFFECT,  AND SUCH TAX LAW IS SUBJECT  TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE  SHOULD
CONSULT  HIS OWN TAX  ADVISOR  WITH  RESPECT TO THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO HIM OF
RECEIVING AND EXERCISING  OPTIONS AND DISPOSING OF SHARES BEFORE  EXERCISING THE
OPTIONS OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

            (i) EXERCISE OF ISOS.  If an Option  qualifies as an ISO, no regular
federal  income tax will be imposed upon the  exercise of such Option.  However,
the  excess,  if any,  of the fair  market  value of the  Shares  on the date of
exercise over the Exercise  Price will generally be treated as an adjustment for
federal  alternative  minimum tax  purposes  and may subject the Optionee to the
alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

            (ii)  EXERCISE  OF NSOS.  If an Option  does not  qualify as an ISO,
federal income tax may be imposed upon the exercise of such Option. The Optionee
will generally be treated as having  received  compensation  income  (taxable at
ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value
of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an
employee,  the Company will be required to deduct and withhold  applicable taxes
from Optionee's compensation, or collect such amounts from Optionee and pay them
to the applicable taxing authorities, at the time of exercise.

            (iii)  DISPOSITION  OF  SHARES.  In the case of Shares  acquired  on
exercise of an NSO that are held for at least one (1) year, any gain realized on
disposition  of the Shares will  generally be treated as long-term  capital gain
for federal income tax purposes.  In the case of Shares  acquired on exercise of
an ISO that are held for at least one (1) year after  exercise and two (2) years
after the "Date of Grant" set forth in the Notice of Grant, any gain realized on
disposition  of the Shares will also be treated as  long-term  capital  gain for
federal income tax purposes.  If Shares  purchased  under an ISO are disposed of
prior to the later of one (1) year after  exercise  of the ISO and two (2) years
after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will generally be
treated as compensation  income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent
of the excess,  if any,  of the fair  market  value of the Shares on the date of
exercise over the Exercise Price, and the balance of such gain will generally be
treated as long-term capital gain.

            (iv) NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES. If an Option
granted  to  Optionee  herein  is an ISO,  and if  Optionee  sells or  otherwise
disposes  of any of the  Shares  acquired  pursuant  to the ISO on or before the
later of (1) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one
(1) year after transfer of such Shares to the Optionee upon exercise of the ISO,
the  Optionee  shall   immediately   notify  the  Company  in  writing  of  such
disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to tax withholding by
the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee from the early
disposition  by payment in cash or out of the current  compensation  paid to the
Optionee.


<PAGE>



     10.  RECEIPT  OF  STOCK  OPTION  PLAN.  Optionee  acknowledges  that he has
received,  read and  understood the provisions of the Stock Option Plan pursuant
to which  this  Agreement  was  issued,  and agrees to be bound by its terms and
conditions.

      11.  INTERPRETATION.  Any dispute  regarding  the  interpretation  of this
Agreement  shall be  submitted  by Optionee or by the Company  forthwith  to the
Committee  (or if no Committee is then in existence,  to the Company's  Board of
Directors),  which shall review such dispute at its next  regular  meeting.  The
resolution  of such a dispute by the Committee (or the Board) shall be final and
binding on the Company and on Optionee.

      12. NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  personal  delivery or upon
deposit in the United  States  mail by  certified  mail,  with  postage and fees
prepaid,  addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its
signature,  or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from
time to time to the other party.

      13. FURTHER  INSTRUMENTS.  The  parties  agree  to  execute  such  further
instruments and to take such further  actions as may be reasonably  necessary to
carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

      14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. The Stock Option Plan,
Notice of Grant and Exercise Notice are incorporated  herein by reference.  This
Agreement,  the Stock Option Plan,  the Notice of Grant and the Exercise  Notice
constitute  the entire  agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety
all prior  undertakings  and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect
to the  subject  matter  hereof,  and  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Florida,  excluding  that body of law
pertaining  to  conflicts  of law.  Should any  provision  of this  Agreement be
determined  by a  court  of  law  to be  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  other
provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

<PAGE>



      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
and delivered as of the date first above written.

OPTIONEE                                  TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.



____________________________________      By:___________________________________
Signature                                 Title:


____________________________________
Print Name


ADDRESS:                                  ADDRESS:

____________________________________      200 East Broward Boulevard
                                          Fort Lauderdale, Florida  33301
____________________________________



<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT A


                                EXERCISE NOTICE


TresCom International, Inc.
200 East Broward Boulevard
Fort Lauderdale, FL  33301

Attention:    Secretary

      1.  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  Effective  as of today,  ________________,  the
undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option to purchase
________  shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") of TresCom  International,  Inc.
(the "Company")  under and pursuant to the Company's Second Amended and Restated
1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), and the Stock Option Agreement
by and between the Company and the Optionee  dated February 6, 1997 (the "Option
Agreement").

      2.  REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE.  Optionee  acknowledges that Optionee has
received, read and understood the Stock Option Plan and the Option Agreement and
agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. References herein
to this  "Agreement"  include this Exercise  Notice,  the Stock Option Plan, the
Notice of Grant  (which is  attached  to the  Option  Agreement)  and the Option
Agreement,  all of which are  incorporated  herein by  reference  as provided in
Section 11 hereof.

      3. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions
of the Option Agreement to the contrary,  Optionee  understands and acknowledges
that the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly  conditioned
upon  compliance  with the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  all applicable
state  securities  laws and all applicable  requirements  of any stock exchange,
automated  quotation  service or over the counter  market on which the Company's
Common  Stock may be listed or  traded  at the time of  exercise  and  transfer.
Optionee  agrees to cooperate  with the Company to ensure  compliance  with such
laws.

      4.  RIGHTS AS  SHAREHOLDER.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement, Optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company
with respect to the Shares from and after the date that  Optionee  delivers full
payment of the  Exercise  Price  until  such time as  Optionee  disposes  of the
Shares.

      5. TAX CONSULTATION. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse
tax  consequences  as a result of  Optionee's  purchase  or  disposition  of the
Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants
Optionee deems  advisable in connection  with the purchase or disposition of the
Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


<PAGE>



      6. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The Company may assign any of its rights under
this Agreement to single or multiple  assignees,  and this Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of the  successors  and assigns of the  Company.  This  Agreement
shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors,  administrators,
successors and assigns.

      7.  INTERPRETATION.  Any  dispute  regarding  the  interpretation  of this
Agreement  shall be  submitted  by Optionee or by the Company  forthwith  to the
committee  thereof  that  administers  the  Stock  Option  Plan  (or if no  such
committee is then in existence,  to the  Company's  Board of  Directors),  which
shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a
dispute  by the  committee  (or the  Board)  shall be final and  binding  on the
Company and on Optionee.

      8. NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted  hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  personal  delivery or upon
deposit in the United  States  mail by  certified  mail,  with  postage and fees
prepaid,  addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its
signature,  or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from
time to time to the other party.

     9.  FURTHER  INSTRUMENTS.   The  parties  agree  to  execute  such  further
instruments and to take such further  actions as may be reasonably  necessary to
carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

     10. DELIVERY OF PAYMENT. Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full
Exercise Price for the Shares.  Optionee  hereby elects to pay the full Exercise
Price (check the appropriate box):


                 |_|  in cash or by check;

                 |_|  by tender to the Company of shares of Common Stock in
                      accordance with Section 3(a)(ii) of the Option Agreement;

                 |_|  by a combination of the foregoing.



<PAGE>


      11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. The Stock Option Plan,
Notice of Grant and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This
Exercise  Notice,  the Stock  Option  Plan,  the  Notice of Grant and the Option
Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their
entirety all prior  undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with
respect to the subject matter hereof,  and shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Florida,  excluding  that body of law
pertaining  to  conflicts  of law.  Should any  provision  of this  Agreement be
determined  by a  court  of  law  to be  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  other
provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

Submitted by:                             Accepted by:

OPTIONEE:                                 TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


_________________________________         By:________________________________
Signature                                 Title:

_________________________________
Print Name

ADDRESS:                                  ADDRESS:

_________________________________         200 East Broward Boulevard
                                          Fort Lauderdale, Florida  33301
_________________________________



                          TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


            AGREEMENT,  dated as of  February 6, 1997,  by and  between  TresCom
International,  Inc., a Florida  corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned
optionee (the "Optionee").

      1.  GRANT OF  OPTIONS.  The  Company  hereby  grants  to the  Optionee  in
accordance  with the  attached  Notice of Stock  Option  Grant  (the  "Notice of
Grant")  options  (the  "Options")  to  purchase a total  number of shares  (the
"Shares") of the Common Stock, $.0419 par value (the "Common Stock"), of TresCom
International,  Inc.  set forth in the Notice of Grant at the "Option  Price Per
Share" set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price").

            If designated as incentive stock options  ("ISOs"),  the Options are
intended to qualify as  "incentive  stock  options" as defined in Section 422 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  To the extent any
Option issued  pursuant to this  Agreement  does not qualify as an ISO under the
Code, such Option shall be considered a nonstatutory  stock option ("NSO") under
the Code.

     2. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  The Options shall be exercisable during their term
in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below:

            (a)   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                  (i)  VESTING   SCHEDULE.   Subject  to  Optionee's   continued
employment and the terms of this Agreement and further  subject to early vesting
in the event of a Change in Control  (as  defined in the Stock  Option  Plan (as
hereinafter  defined)),  Options to purchase the Shares shall become  vested and
fully  exercisable  as to 20% of such  Shares  on the first  anniversary  of the
Vesting  Commencement  Date (as defined in the Notice of Grant) and shall become
vested and fully  exercisable  as to an  additional  20% of such  Shares on each
anniversary  of  such  first  anniversary,  such  that  the  Options  are  fully
exercisable five (5) years after the Vesting Commencement Date.

                  (ii)  The Options  may  not  be  exercised for a fraction of a
share.

                  (iii) In the event of  Optionee's  death,  disability or other
termination of employment,  the  exercisability of the Options shall be governed
by Section 5 below.

                  (iv) In no event may any  Option be  exercised  after the Term
Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.

                  (v) As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall have
the meanings ascribed to them below:



<PAGE>



            "CAUSE" shall have the meaning given to such term in the  Employment
Agreement (as defined herein).

            "COMMITTEE"  means the  Compensation  Committee that administers the
Stock Option Plan (as defined herein).

            "DISABILITY" shall  have  the  meaning  given  to  such  term in the
Employment Agreement.

            "EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT" means the Employment Agreement,  dated as of
October 1, 1995, as amended, between Optionee and the Company.

            "NON-PERFORMANCE" shall have the meaning given to such  term  in the
Employment Agreement.

            "STOCK  OPTION PLAN" means the TresCom  International,  Inc.  Second
Amended and Restated  1994 Stock  Option  Plan,  as the same may be amended from
time to time in accordance with its terms.

            "TERMINATION  WITHOUT  CAUSE"  shall have the meaning  given to such
term in the Employment Agreement.

                  (vi) To the extent the aggregate fair market value (determined
as of the time the Options are granted) of Shares with respect to which  Options
are  exercised  for the first time by Optionee  during any calendar year exceeds
the maximum  amount  permitted by the Code for  treatment as ISOs,  such Options
shall be treated as NSOs for purposes of the Code. This rule shall be applied by
taking into  account  Options in the order in which they were  granted.  Options
that are treated as NSOs shall  otherwise  be subject to all the  provisions  of
this Agreement to the extent applicable.

            (b)  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE.  The Options  shall be  exercisable  by
written notice (in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit A) which shall state the
election to exercise  Options,  the method of exercise,  the number of Shares in
respect of which  Options  are being  exercised,  and such  representations  and
agreements with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the
Company.  Such  written  notice  shall be  signed by the  Optionee  and shall be
delivered in person or by certified  mail to the  Secretary of the Company.  The
written notice shall be accompanied  by payment of the Exercise  Price.  Options
shall be deemed to be  exercised  upon  receipt by the  Company of such  written
notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

            No Shares will be issued  pursuant to the exercise of Options unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law
and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated  quotation  service upon
which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.


<PAGE>


      3.    METHOD OF PAYMENT.

            (a) Payment of the Exercise Price for the number of shares for which
Options are being exercised shall be made:

                  (i)   in cash or by check;

                  (ii) by tender to the  Company of shares of the  Common  Stock
            then owned by the Optionee having a fair market value, as determined
            by the Company's Board of Directors,  at least equal to the Exercise
            Price; or

                  (iii)       a combination of the foregoing.

            (b) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Options may not be exercised by
tender to the Company of shares of the Common Stock to the extent such tender of
stock would  constitute a violation  of the  provisions  of any law,  regulation
and/or  agreement  restricting  the redemption of the Common Stock or, if in the
opinion of counsel to the Company, such tender of stock might impair the ability
of  purchasers  of stock from the  Company  from taking  full  advantage  of the
provisions of Section 1202 of the Code  relating to capital  gains  treatment of
stock issued by the Company.  Unless  otherwise  provided by the  Committee,  an
Option  may not be  exercised  by tender to the  Company of shares of the Common
Stock  unless such shares  either have been owned by the  Optionee for more than
six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

      4. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.  Options may not be exercised if the issuance
of the Shares upon such exercise would  constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state  securities or other law or  regulation.  As a condition to the
exercise  of  an  Option,   the  Company  may  require   Optionee  to  make  any
representation  and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable
law or regulation.

      5.    TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP.

            (a) In the event of (i) the termination of the Employment  Agreement
for Cause,  Non-Performance  or by reason of the death or Disability of Optionee
or (ii) the termination by Optionee of his employment by the Company (other than
pursuant to a Termination Without Cause),  Optionee may, to the extent, but only
to the extent,  Options are vested as of the date of  termination as provided in
this Agreement,  exercise this Option during the "Termination  Period" described
in the Notice of Grant,  and any Options  which are not deemed to have vested in
accordance  with  Section  2(a)  hereof  shall   automatically   expire  and  be
terminated.

            (b) In the  event of the  termination  of the  Employment  Agreement
pursuant to a Termination  Without  Cause,  all Options which had not previously
vested shall  automatically  be deemed to have vested and  Optionee  may, to the
extent Options are deemed to have vested


<PAGE>


as set forth herein,  exercise  Options during the Termination  Period,  and any
Options  which  are not  deemed  to have  vested in  accordance  herewith  shall
automatically expire and be terminated.

            (c) If,  following the expiration of the Employment  Agreement,  the
employment of Optionee is terminated,  Optionee may, to the extent  otherwise so
entitled  at  the  date  of  such  termination,   exercise  Options  during  the
Termination  Period,  and any  Options  which are not  deemed to have  vested in
accordance herewith shall automatically expire and be terminated.

            (d) If Optionee does not exercise  Options within the time specified
herein as to any Shares, such Options shall terminate as to such Shares.

            (e) For purposes of this Section 5 and the  definition of "Cause" in
subsection 2(a)(v), "Company" shall mean TresCom International,  Inc. and any of
its subsidiaries (as defined in the Stock Option Plan).

      6.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.

            (a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by the
stockholders  of the Company,  the number of shares of Common  Stock  covered by
each  outstanding  Option,  and the number of shares of Common  Stock which have
been  authorized  for  issuance  under the Stock  Option Plan but as to which no
Options  have yet been  granted or which have been  returned to the Stock Option
Plan upon  cancellation  or  expiration  of an Option,  as well as the price per
share  of  Common  Stock  covered  by each  such  outstanding  Option,  shall be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split,  reverse stock split, stock
dividend,  combination  or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other
increase  or decrease in the number of issued  shares of Common  Stock  effected
without  receipt  of  consideration  by the  Company;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that
conversion of any  convertible  securities of the Company shall not be deemed to
have been "effected without receipt of consideration."  Such adjustment shall be
made by the Board, whose  determination in that respect shall be final,  binding
and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company
of shares of stock of any class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock
of any class,  shall affect,  and no adjustment by reason  thereof shall be made
with  respect to, the number or price of shares of Common  Stock  subject to the
Options.

            (b)  DISSOLUTION  OR  LIQUIDATION.  In the  event  of  the  proposed
dissolution or  liquidation of the Company,  the Board shall notify the Optionee
at least  fifteen  (15) days prior to such  proposed  action.  To the extent not
previously  exercised,  all  Options  will  terminate  immediately  prior to the
consummation of such proposed action.

            (c)  MERGER.  In the event of a merger of the  Company  with or into
another corporation,  the Options shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall
be substituted  by such successor  corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such
successor corporation.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Options shall be
considered assumed if, following the merger, the Options


<PAGE>


confer  the  right  to  purchase,  for each  Share  subject  to a vested  Option
immediately  prior to the merger,  the  consideration  (whether stock,  cash, or
other securities or property)  received in the merger by holders of Common Stock
for each share held on the  effective  date of the  transaction  (and if holders
were offered a choice of consideration,  the type of consideration chosen by the
holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock);  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if such consideration received in the merger was not solely common
stock of the successor  corporation  or its parent,  the Committee may, with the
consent  of the  successor  corporation  and the  participant,  provide  for the
consideration  to be  received  upon the  exercise  of  Options,  for each Share
subject to such Options, to be solely common stock of the successor  corporation
or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received
by holders of Common Stock in the merger.

      7.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Options may not be transferred in any
manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or  distribution  and may be
exercised  during the  lifetime of Optionee  only by him/her.  The terms of this
Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors
and assigns of the Optionee.

      8. TERM OF OPTIONS.  The Options may be exercised  only on or prior to the
"Term  Expiration  Date" set forth in the Notice of Grant,  and may be exercised
during  such term only in  accordance  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.

      9.  TAX CONSEQUENCES. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of
this  Agreement of some of the federal tax  consequences  of exercise of Options
and  disposition  of the Shares.  THIS  SUMMARY  ADDRESSES  ONLY  CERTAIN OF THE
GENERAL  FEDERAL INCOME TAX  CONSIDERATIONS;  IT DOES NOT CONSIDER THE FACTS AND
CIRCUMSTANCES OF ANY PARTICULAR OPTIONEE'S SITUATION, NOR DOES IT ADDRESS STATE,
LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX CONSIDERATIONS. THIS SUMMARY IS BASED ON FEDERAL TAX LAW AS
CURRENTLY  IN EFFECT,  AND SUCH TAX LAW IS SUBJECT  TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE  SHOULD
CONSULT  HIS OWN TAX  ADVISOR  WITH  RESPECT TO THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO HIM OF
RECEIVING AND EXERCISING  OPTIONS AND DISPOSING OF SHARES BEFORE  EXERCISING THE
OPTIONS OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

            (i) EXERCISE OF ISOS.  If an Option  qualifies as an ISO, no regular
federal  income tax will be imposed upon the  exercise of such Option.  However,
the  excess,  if any,  of the fair  market  value of the  Shares  on the date of
exercise over the Exercise  Price will generally be treated as an adjustment for
federal  alternative  minimum tax  purposes  and may subject the Optionee to the
alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

            (ii)  EXERCISE  OF NSOS.  If an Option  does not  qualify as an ISO,
federal income tax may be imposed upon the exercise of such Option. The Optionee
will generally be treated as having  received  compensation  income  (taxable at
ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value
of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an
employee, the Company will be required to deduct and

<PAGE>


withhold applicable taxes from Optionee's compensation,  or collect such amounts
from Optionee and pay them to the applicable taxing authorities,  at the time of
exercise.

            (iii)  DISPOSITION  OF  SHARES.  In the case of Shares  acquired  on
exercise of an NSO that are held for at least one (1) year, any gain realized on
disposition  of the Shares will  generally be treated as long-term  capital gain
for federal income tax purposes.  In the case of Shares  acquired on exercise of
an ISO that are held for at least one (1) year after  exercise and two (2) years
after the "Date of Grant" set forth in the Notice of Grant, any gain realized on
disposition  of the Shares will also be treated as  long-term  capital  gain for
federal income tax purposes.  If Shares  purchased  under an ISO are disposed of
prior to the later of one (1) year after  exercise  of the ISO and two (2) years
after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will generally be
treated as compensation  income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent
of the excess,  if any,  of the fair  market  value of the Shares on the date of
exercise over the Exercise Price, and the balance of such gain will generally be
treated as long-term capital gain.

            (iv) NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES. If an Option
granted  to  Optionee  herein  is an ISO,  and if  Optionee  sells or  otherwise
disposes  of any of the  Shares  acquired  pursuant  to the ISO on or before the
later of (1) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one
(1) year after transfer of such Shares to the Optionee upon exercise of the ISO,
the  Optionee  shall   immediately   notify  the  Company  in  writing  of  such
disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to tax withholding by
the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee from the early
disposition  by payment in cash or out of the current  compensation  paid to the
Optionee.

     10.  RECEIPT  OF  STOCK  OPTION  PLAN.  Optionee  acknowledges  that he has
received,  read and  understood the provisions of the Stock Option Plan pursuant
to which  this  Agreement  was  issued,  and agrees to be bound by its terms and
conditions.

      11.  INTERPRETATION.  Any dispute  regarding  the  interpretation  of this
Agreement  shall be  submitted  by Optionee or by the Company  forthwith  to the
Committee  (or if no Committee is then in existence,  to the Company's  Board of
Directors),  which shall review such dispute at its next  regular  meeting.  The
resolution  of such a dispute by the Committee (or the Board) shall be final and
binding on the Company and on Optionee.

      12. NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  personal  delivery or upon
deposit in the United  States  mail by  certified  mail,  with  postage and fees
prepaid,  addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its
signature,  or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from
time to time to the other party.

     13.  FURTHER  INSTRUMENTS.  The  parties  agree  to  execute  such  further
instruments and to take such further  actions as may be reasonably  necessary to
carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

<PAGE>


      14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. The Stock Option Plan,
Notice of Grant and Exercise Notice are incorporated  herein by reference.  This
Agreement,  the Stock Option Plan,  the Notice of Grant and the Exercise  Notice
constitute  the entire  agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety
all prior  undertakings  and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect
to the  subject  matter  hereof,  and  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Florida,  excluding  that body of law
pertaining  to  conflicts  of law.  Should any  provision  of this  Agreement be
determined  by a  court  of  law  to be  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  other
provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
and delivered as of the date first above written.

OPTIONEE                                  TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


_________________________________         By:__________________________________
Signature                                 Title:






ADDRESS:                                  ADDRESS:

__________________________________        200 East Broward Boulevard
                                          Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301
__________________________________

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT A


                                EXERCISE NOTICE


TresCom International, Inc.
200 East Broward Boulevard
Fort Lauderdale, FL  33301

Attention:    Secretary

      1.  EXERCISE  OF  OPTION.  Effective  as of today,  ________________,  the
undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option to purchase
________  shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") of TresCom  International,  Inc.
(the "Company")  under and pursuant to the Company's Second Amended and Restated
1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), and the Stock Option Agreement
by and between the Company and the Optionee  dated February 6, 1997 (the "Option
Agreement").

      2.  REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE.  Optionee  acknowledges that Optionee has
received, read and understood the Stock Option Plan and the Option Agreement and
agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. References herein
to this  "Agreement"  include this Exercise  Notice,  the Stock Option Plan, the
Notice of Grant  (which is  attached  to the  Option  Agreement)  and the Option
Agreement,  all of which are  incorporated  herein by  reference  as provided in
Section 11 hereof.

      3. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS. Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Option Agreement to the contrary, Optionee understands and acknowledges that
the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly  conditioned upon
compliance  with the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  all applicable  state
securities laws and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange, automated
quotation service or over the counter market on which the Company's Common Stock
may be listed or traded at the time of exercise and transfer. Optionee agrees to
cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

      4.  RIGHTS AS  SHAREHOLDER.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement, Optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company
with respect to the Shares from and after the date that  Optionee  delivers full
payment of the  Exercise  Price  until  such time as  Optionee  disposes  of the
Shares.

      5. TAX CONSULTATION. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse
tax  consequences  as a result of  Optionee's  purchase  or  disposition  of the
Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants
Optionee deems  advisable in connection  with the purchase or disposition of the
Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

<PAGE>


      6. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The Company may assign any of its rights under
this Agreement to single or multiple  assignees,  and this Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of the  successors  and assigns of the  Company.  This  Agreement
shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors,  administrators,
successors and assigns.

      7.  INTERPRETATION.  Any  dispute  regarding  the  interpretation  of this
Agreement  shall be  submitted  by Optionee or by the Company  forthwith  to the
committee  thereof  that  administers  the  Stock  Option  Plan  (or if no  such
committee is then in existence,  to the  Company's  Board of  Directors),  which
shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a
dispute  by the  committee  (or the  Board)  shall be final and  binding  on the
Company and on Optionee.

      8. NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted  hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be deemed  effectively  given upon  personal  delivery or upon
deposit in the United  States  mail by  certified  mail,  with  postage and fees
prepaid,  addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its
signature,  or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from
time to time to the other party.

     9.  FURTHER  INSTRUMENTS.   The  parties  agree  to  execute  such  further
instruments and to take such further  actions as may be reasonably  necessary to
carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

     10. DELIVERY OF PAYMENT. Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full
Exercise Price for the Shares.  Optionee  hereby elects to pay the full Exercise
Price (check the appropriate box):

                 |_|  in cash or by check;

                 |_|  by tender to the Company of shares of Common Stock in
                      accordance with Section 3(a)(ii) of the Option Agreement;

                 |_|  by a combination of the foregoing.



<PAGE>


      11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY. The Stock Option Plan,
Notice of Grant and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This
Exercise  Notice,  the Stock  Option  Plan,  the  Notice of Grant and the Option
Agreement  constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their
entirety all prior  undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with
respect to the subject matter hereof,  and shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  Florida,  excluding  that body of law
pertaining  to  conflicts  of law.  Should any  provision  of this  Agreement be
determined  by a  court  of  law  to be  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  other
provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

Submitted by:                             Accepted by:

OPTIONEE:                                 TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


_________________________________         By:________________________________
Signature                                 Title:

_________________________________
Print Name

ADDRESS:                                  ADDRESS:

_________________________________         200 East Broward Boulevard
                                          Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301




                    AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  AGREEMENT,  amended  and  restated as of  February  15,  1997,
between TresCom  International,  Inc., a Florida corporation  ("Employer"),  and
Wesley T. O'Brien (the "Executive").

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS,  the Employer and the Executive  have entered into an
Employment Agreement,  dated as of October 1, 1995, and the parties are desirous
of amending and restating such agreement as set forth below;

                  ACCORDINGLY,  in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and
agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

                  l. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.  Employer  hereby employs  Executive
and Executive hereby accepts employment as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Employer and, if Employer so elects,  as an executive  officer or director of
any of the direct or indirect  subsidiaries  of Employer  (the  "Subsidiaries").
Executive agrees to serve without additional remuneration in such capacities for
the Subsidiaries of Employer,  with responsibilities and authority  commensurate
with the nature of Executive's responsibility and authority with Employer as the
Board of Directors of Employer (the "Board of Directors")  may from time to time
request,  subject to appropriate  authorization by the Subsidiaries involved and
any limitations  under  applicable law.  Executive shall perform such duties and
have such  powers  and  authority  as the Board of  Directors  shall  determine,
commensurate with Executive's position as an executive officer of Employer.  The
Executive's  failure to  discharge  an order or perform a function  because  the
Executive  reasonably  and in good faith  believes  such would  violate a law or
regulation  or be  dishonest  shall  not  be  deemed  a  breach  by  him  of his
obligations or duties hereunder.

                  2.    SERVICES AND EXCLUSIVITY OF SERVICES.

                        2.1.    So long as this Agreement shall continue in 
effect, Executive shall devote his full business time and energy to the 
business,  affairs and interests of Employer and its Subsidiaries  and  matters
related  thereto and shall faithfully and diligently endeavor to promote such
business, affairs and interests.

                        2.2.   Executive may serve as a director or in any other
capacity of any business enterprise,  including an enterprise  whose  activities
may involve or relate to the business of the Employer and its Subsidiaries,
provided that such service  is  expressly  approved  by the  Board of  Directors
of the  Employer.  Executive may make and manage personal business


<PAGE>


investments of his choice  (provided such investments are in businesses which do
not compete with Employer and its Subsidiaries or such  investments  satisfy the
standards set forth in the proviso to Section 6.1.1. and, in either case, do not
require any services on the part of Executive in the affairs of the companies in
which such  investments  are made) and may serve in any capacity with any civic,
educational  or charitable  organization,  or any  governmental  entity or trade
association,  without seeking or obtaining approval by the Board of Directors of
Employer,  provided such  activities and service do not materially  interfere or
conflict with the performance of his duties hereunder.

                  3.    COMPENSATION, EXPENSES AND OTHER BENEFITS.

                        3.1.    BASE SALARY.  During the Term (as defined in
Section 4.1), the Executive shall receive a base salary at an annual rate of 
$231,000.00 per annum (the  "Base  Salary").  The Base  Salary shall be paid in
substantially  equal installments  consistent with the Employer's normal payroll
schedule, but in no event less frequently than  bi-weekly, subject to applicable
withholding and other taxes. The Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed at 
least annually and may be increased but may not be decreased.

                        3.2.    BONUS.  In addition to the Base Salary, the 
Executive shall also be eligible  to receive  an annual  bonus  (the  "Bonus") 
equal to 40% of the Base Salary. The amount of the Bonus shall be determined by
the Board of Directors of Employer  and  shall be based on the  financial  and 
operating  performance  of Employer. The Board of Directors may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, award additional bonuses to Executive on any other basis as
it deems appropriate from time to time.

                        3.3.    STOCK OPTIONS.   Executive shall be entitled to 
receive grants of stock  options, which  options will be subject to the terms 
and  conditions of Employer's Second Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan
(the "Stock Option Plan") and any related stock option agreement (the "Stock 
Option Agreement"), in amounts determined by the Board of Directors (or a 
committee  thereof) in its sole and absolute discretion.

                        3.4.    EXPENSES.  Employer shall promptly reimburse 
Executive for all reasonable  expenses  incurred by him in connection  with the 
performance of his services under this Agreement upon presentation of 
appropriate documentation in accordance  with  Employer's  and its Subsidiaries'
customary procedures and policies applicable to its and their senior executives.

                        3.5.    LIFE INSURANCE.  Employer shall obtain a life 
insurance policy on the life of Executive in the face amount equal to 200% of 
the  Executive's then current Base  Salary  naming Executive or his designee  as
the  beneficiary.  Employer shall obtain a disability policy covering the 
Executive in the event he becomes disabled,  in a monthly amount equal to 60% of
Executive's  then-current monthly Base Salary.


<PAGE>


                        3.6.    OTHER BENEFITS.  Executive shall be eligible to 
participate in any accident, health, medical,  disability,  pension, savings and
any other employee benefit plans (other than any stock option or similar  plans)
that may from time to time be provided by the Employer to its executive 
personnel.

                        3.7.    VACATION.  Executive shall be entitled to 
reasonable vacations during each year of the Term (as  defined  in  Section  4.1
hereof),  the  timing  and duration thereof to be determined by mutual agreement
between Executive and the Employer.

                  4.    TERM AND TERMINATION.

                        4.1.    TERM.  The term of Employee's employment 
hereunder shall be for a  period  of  twenty  eight  (28)  months  (the  "Term")
from the date of this Agreement (the "Effective  Date"), unless earlier 
terminated as hereinafter set forth.

                        4.2.    TERMINATION.

                               4.2.1.     Employer may, at its election, subject
to the provisions of Section 4.3 hereof, terminate Executive's employment 
hereunder as follows:

                  (i)   for "Cause" upon notice of such termination to 
                        Executive;

                  (ii)  for "Non-Performance" upon 30 days' notice to Executive 
                        of such termination;

                  (iii) upon the death of Executive; or

                  (iv)  upon 10 days' notice to Executive if Executive becomes
                        "Disabled".

                               4.2.2.     As used in this Agreement, the 
following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

                  (i)  "Cause"  shall mean (A) a  determination  by the Board of
                  Directors that Executive has ceased  materially to perform his
                  duties hereunder (other than as a result of his incapacity due
                  to  physical  or mental  illness  or  injury),  which  failure
                  amounts to an intentional  and extended  neglect of his duties
                  hereunder,  (B) Executive's having been convicted of a felony,
                  (C)  fraud,  embezzlement  or  misappropriation  of  funds  of
                  Employer by Executive, or (D) a willful and material breach by
                  Executive of his  obligations  hereunder,  which breach is not
                  cured  within ten (10) days  after  notice of same is given to
                  Executive by Employer.

                  (ii)  "Non-Performance" shall mean (A) a determination by the 
                  Board of Directors that the Performance Standards (defined 
                  below) have not been met or 


<PAGE>

                  (B)  the  commencement  by  Employer  or any  of its  material
                  Subsidiaries  of a  voluntary  case or  proceeding  under  any
                  bankruptcy  or similar  laws or the  filing of an  involuntary
                  petition against Employer or any of its material  Subsidiaries
                  under any such laws which is not dismissed or stayed within 90
                  days of filing.  The  "Performance  Standards" shall be deemed
                  not to  have  been  met if  either  (x) the  consolidated  net
                  revenues  of  Employer,   as  determined  in  accordance  with
                  generally accepted accounting principles  consistently applied
                  ("GAAP") and using Employer's customary accounting  practices,
                  or (y) EBDIAT  (defined  below),  in each case, for any period
                  consisting of four consecutive fiscal quarters  commencing not
                  earlier  than  the  first  anniversary  of the  date  of  this
                  Agreement,  is less than 80% of the  amount  projected  as the
                  consolidated  net  revenues or EBDIAT,  as the case may be, of
                  Employer for such period, on a cumulative basis,  based on the
                  annual  operating  plan for Employer  approved by the Board of
                  Directors (the "Annual  Operating  Plan") or Annual  Operating
                  Plans with respect to the applicable period.

                  (iii) "EBDIAT" shall mean, for the relevant accounting period,
                  an amount equal to the sum of (I)  consolidated net income (or
                  loss) of Employer  for such period  determined  in  accordance
                  with  GAAP,  and  using  the  Company's  customary  accounting
                  practices,    excluding   any   extraordinary,    unusual   or
                  non-recurring  gains  (or  losses),   plus  (II)  all  amounts
                  deducted in computing  such net income (or loss) in respect of
                  interest,  depreciation,  amortization and taxes based upon or
                  measured by income.

                  (iv)  "Disabled"  or  "Disability"  shall mean the physical or
                  mental  incapacity of, or injury to, Executive such that he is
                  unable to perform the services  required of him  hereunder and
                  such inability to perform  continues for a period in excess of
                  six months and is continuing at the time notice is given.

                  (v) "Termination  Without Cause" shall mean any termination of
                  employment  of Executive (A) by the Employer for reasons other
                  than (a) as set forth in Section 4.2.1(i) through (iv) and (b)
                  by the  Executive  for Good  Reason,  or (B) by the  Executive
                  following  the willful and material  breach by Employer of its
                  obligations under Section 1 of this Agreement, which breach is
                  not cured within 30 days of notice of such breach to the Board
                  of Directors.

                  (vi)  "Good  Reason"  shall  mean  the   occurrence,   without
                  Executive's  express written consent,  of any of the following
                  circumstances  following  a  Change  in  Control  unless  such
                  circumstances  are  fully  corrected  prior  to  the  date  of
                  termination  specified  in the  termination  notice  given  in
                  respect thereof (A) the failure of Executive to be retained as
                  an employee in a senior executive position; (B) a reduction by
                  the Employer in Executive's salary payable pursuant to Section
                  3.1 hereof;  or (C) a relocation  of  Executive's  office to a
                  location more than fifty (50) miles from the current executive
                  office of the Employer and (i) a failure to

<PAGE>


                  make  Executive  whole for all  losses  and  costs  reasonably
                  incurred in connection with the relocation including,  but not
                  limited to, moving expenses,  forfeited bonds, fees or escrows
                  to clubs or other  organizations  and losses  from the sale of
                  Executive's   personal  residence  and  (ii)  the  failure  of
                  Employee  to  obtain  an  agreement  in  form  and   substance
                  reasonably  satisfactory  to Executive  from any  successor to
                  provide  employment  to  Executive in the capacity of a senior
                  executive, at his then current Base Salary, for a period of at
                  least two years from the date of the Change in Control.

                  (vii) "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:
                  (A) any "person",  as such term is used in Sections  13(d) and
                  14(d)(2) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended
                  (the "Exchange Act") (other than the Employer,  any trustee or
                  other fiduciary holding  securities under any employee benefit
                  plan  of  the  Employer  or any  company  owned,  directly  or
                  indirectly,   by  the   shareholders   of  the   Employer   in
                  substantially  the same  proportions as their ownership of the
                  Employer's  common  stock,  $0.0419  par value per share  (the
                  "Common  Stock"),  of the Employer),  becomes the  "beneficial
                  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
                  directly or indirectly, of securities of Employer representing
                  30% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of the
                  Employer's then outstanding voting securities;  (B) during any
                  period of two  consecutive  calendar years  individuals who at
                  the  beginning  of  such  period   constitute   the  Board  of
                  Directors,  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at least a
                  majority  thereof,  unless the election or nomination  for the
                  election by the Employer's  shareholders  of each new director
                  was  approved  by a vote of at least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the
                  directors  then still in office who either were  directors  at
                  the  beginning  of the  two-year  period or whose  election or
                  nomination  for election was  previously so approved;  (C) the
                  shareholders of the Employer approve a merger or consolidation
                  of the Employer  with any other  corporation  or legal entity,
                  other than a merger or consolidation  that would result in the
                  voting  securities  of the  Employer  outstanding  immediately
                  prior  thereto  continuing  to represent  (either by remaining
                  outstanding or by being  converted  into voting  securities of
                  the  surviving  entity) more than 50% of the  combined  voting
                  power  of the  voting  securities  of  the  Employer  or  such
                  surviving entity outstanding  immediately after such merger or
                  consolidation;   PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,   that   a   merger   or
                  consolidation  effected to implement a recapitalization of the
                  Employer (or similar  transaction) in which no person acquires
                  more than 30% of the combined  voting power of the  Employer's
                  then  outstanding  securities shall not constitute a Change in
                  Control  of the  Employer;  or  (D)  the  shareholders  of the
                  Employer  approve  a  plan  of  complete  liquidation  of  the
                  Employer or an agreement  for the sale or  disposition  by the
                  Employer of all or substantially all of the Employer's assets.

<PAGE>

                       4.3.    RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION.

                               4.3.1.   Upon any termination of this Agreement 
for Cause, Employer shall pay to Executive, within 10 days following such 
termination,  any unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination  specified 
in the termination notice and shall reimburse  Executive for reasonable business
expenses incurred prior to the date of  termination,  subject to the  provisions
of Section  3.4. hereof.

                               4.3.2.   Upon any termination of this Agreement 
for Non-Performance,  Employer shall pay to the Executive any unpaid Base Salary
through the date of  termination specified in the  termination  notice,  plus an
amount equal to an additional  12-months' Base Salary (such  additional  amount,
the "Severance  Payment"), and shall reimburse Executive for reasonable business
expenses incurred prior to the date of termination, subject to the provisions of
Section  3.4.  hereof.  Employer  shall  pay all  such  amounts  within  10 days
following such termination,  provided, that, at Employer's option, the Severance
Payment  may be made in equal  monthly  installments  over the  12-month  period
following the date of termination specified in the termination notice.

                               4.3.3.   Upon termination of this Agreement 
because of the death or Disability of Executive, Employer shall pay to Executive
or Executive's estate, any unpaid Base Salary and Bonus accrued through the date
of termination specified in the termination notice,  plus an  additional  amount
equal to the Severance Payment, and shall reimburse Executive (or his estate)for
reasonable business expenses incurred prior to the date of termination,  subject
to the provisions of Section 3.4. hereof. Employer shall pay such amounts within
10 days following such termination,  provided, that, at Employer's  option,  the
Severance  Payment may be made in equal monthly  installments  over the 12-month
period  subsequent  to the  date of  termination  specified  in the  termination
notice.

                               4.3.4.   Upon a Termination Without Cause, if, as
of the time of such  termination, the Performance Standards shall have been met,
Employer shall pay to Executive any unpaid Base Salary and Bonus accrued through
the date of termination specified in the termination  notice, plus an additional
amount (the  "Additional  Payment")  equal  to the  unpaid  Base  Salary for the
balance of  the  Term  and shall reimburse  Executive  for  reasonable  business
expenses incurred prior to the date of termination, subject to the provisions of
Section   3.4.  hereof.   Employer  shall  pay  such  amounts   within  10  days
following such termination, provided, that, at Employer's option, the Additional
Payment may be made in equal monthly  installments  over the 12-month period 
following the date of  termination  specified in the  termination  notice.  If, 
as of the time of a Termination  Without Cause, the Performance  Standards shall
not have been met, then  Employer  shall pay to Executive  the amounts set forth
in Section  4.3.2 hereof at the times specified therein.

                               4.3.5.   Upon termination of this Agreement by 
Executive for Good Reason, Employer shall pay to Executive any unpaid Base 
Salary and Bonus accrued


<PAGE>


through the date of termination  specified in the  termination  notice,  plus an
Additional  Payment  equal to the unpaid Base Salary for the balance of the Term
and shall reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred prior to
the date of termination, subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof.

                               4.3.6.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive
may terminate his employment on his own initiative  following  a  relocation  of
Executive's  office to a location  more than  fifty (50) miles from the  current
executive  office of the Employer if the executive has been offered the two year
employment agreement and reimbursement  arrangement  specified in the definition
of Good  Reason  (defined in Section  4.2.2 (vi)  hereof).  In such  event,  the
Employer shall pay to Executive an amount equal to 12-months'  Base Salary,  and
shall reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred prior to the
date of termination,  subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof.  Employer
shall  pay  such  amounts  in a cash  lump sum  within  10 days  following  such
termination.

                               4.3.7.   The parties agree that, prior to the 
expiration of the Term, they will negotiate in good faith the continuation of 
severance provisions based upon the principles set forth in this Section 4, it 
being  understood that the  foregoing shall not in any way modify the rights and
obligations  of the parties provided in this Section 4.

                               4.3.8.   Upon any termination provided for in 
this Agreement, any outstanding options granted to Executive shall be treated in
the manner set forth in the Stock Option Plan and the  applicable  Stock  Option
Agreement.

                               4.3.9.   Except as provided herein, Employer 
shall have no further liability to Executive under this Agreement in respect  of
any termination of this Agreement.

                  5. CONFIDENTIALITY. Executive agrees that he will not make use
of, divulge or otherwise disclose,  directly or indirectly,  any trade secret or
other confidential information concerning the business,  operations,  practices,
or  financial  condition of Employer or any of its  Subsidiaries  ("Confidential
Information"),  which he may have learned as a result of his  employment  by the
Employer during the Term or as a shareholder, officer or director of Employer or
any of its  Subsidiaries,  except to the extent  such use or  disclosure  is (a)
necessary to the  performance  of this  Agreement and in furtherance of the best
interests of Employer and its Subsidiaries,  (b) required by applicable law, (c)
authorized by Employer or its Subsidiaries, or (d) is of information which is in
the  public  domain  through  no  unlawful  act of the  Executive  or which  the
Executive lawfully acquires subsequent to termination of his employment with the
Employer  from any person not  subject to a  confidentiality  obligation  to the
Employer or its Subsidiaries. The Executive acknowledges and recognizes that the
Confidential  Information  is essential to the unique  nature of the  Employer's
business and for that reason,  all such materials and  information  shall at all
times remain the exclusive  property of the Employer.  Upon the  termination  of
this Agreement,  all such Confidential Information furnished and supplied to the
Executive  during the Term shall be returned by the  Executive to the  Employer.
The Executive,


<PAGE>



in the event of such  termination,  will not at any time impart to anyone or use
any such  Confidential  Information.  The  provisions  of this  Section  5 shall
survive the  expiration,  suspension  or  termination,  for any reason,  of this
Agreement.

                  6.   RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

                       6.1.    NON-COMPETITION.

                               6.1.1.   The Executive agrees that he shall not, 
until the first anniversary of the date this Agreement is terminated, without 
the prior written consent of the Employer, directly or indirectly  (whether as a
sole proprietor, partner,  venturer,  shareholder,  director, officer, employee,
or in any other capacity as principal or agent or through any person, 
corporation,  partnership, entity or  employee  acting as  nominee  or  agent) 
conduct  or engage in or be interested in or  associated  with any person, firm,
association,  syndicate, partnership,  company, corporation, or other entity 
which conducts or engages in the telecommunications business in any geographic 
areas in which Employer or any Subsidiary  is then so engaged in  business or 
proposes to engage in business in accordance with its then-current  strategic 
plan, nor shall Executive  interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt the 
relationship,  contractual or otherwise, between Employer or any of its 
Subsidiaries,  on the one hand, and any customer, supplier, lessor, lessee or 
employee of the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand; 
provided,  however, that  this  Section  6.1.1. shall not prohibit the Executive
from owning beneficially or of record not more than 1% of the outstanding equity
securities of any entity whose equity  securities  are registered  under the  
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  or are listed for trading on any United
States or foreign stock exchange.

                               6.1.2.   It is the desire and intent of the 
parties that the provisions of this Section 6 shall be enforced to the fullest 
extent permissible under  the  laws and  public  policies  applied  in each  
jurisdiction  in which enforcement is sought.  Accordingly, if any particular
portion of this Section 6 shall be adjudicated  to be invalid or  unenforceable,
this Section 6 shall be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus 
adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with 
respect to the operation of this paragraph in the particular jurisdiction in 
which such adjudication is made.

                  7.  INJUNCTIVE  RELIEF.  If there is a  breach  or  threatened
breach of the  provisions  of Sections 5 or 6 of this  Agreement,  the  Employer
shall be entitled to an injunction  restraining  the Executive from such breach.
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting  the Employer from pursuing any
other remedies for such breach or threatened breach.

                  8.   INSURANCE.  The Employer may, at its election and for its
benefit, insure the Employee against accidental loss or death, and the Executive
shall submit to such physical examination and supply such information as may be 
reasonably required in connection therewith.

                  9.   MISCELLANEOUS.  This Agreement: (a) constitutes the 
entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and 
supersedes all previous agreements or 


<PAGE>


understandings,  whether  oral or  written,  including,  but not limited to, the
Employment Agreement,  dated October 1, 1995; (b) may not be amended or modified
except by a written  instrument  signed by all the parties;  (c) is binding upon
and will inure to the benefit of the parties  and their  respective  successors,
transferees,  personal  representatives,   heirs,  beneficiaries  and  permitted
assigns;  (d) may not be  assigned  or the  obligations  of any party  delegated
except with the prior written consent of all the parties; (e) may be executed in
duplicate originals;  and (f) shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York,  without  regard to its conflict of laws
rules.

                  10.  NOTICES.  Any notice  required or  permitted  to be given
under this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
when delivered by hand delivery by independent courier service or when deposited
in the United  States mail,  by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                       If to the Employee:    Wesley T. O'Brien
                                              14849 Fieldbrook Circle
                                              Boca Raton, Florida 33496

                       If to the Employer:    TresCom International, Inc.
                                              200 East Broward Blvd., 21st Floor
                                              Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33301

or to such  other  address  as either  party  hereto  may from time to time give
notice of to the other in the  aforesaid  manner.  Any notice  delivered  in the
manner set forth in this  Section 10 shall be deemed as of the date of  delivery
in the case of hand  delivery  and five (5) business  days after  posting in the
case of mailing.

                  11.  INDEMNIFICATION. Employer shall indemnify Executive, in 
his capacity as an executive officer or director of Employer or any of its 
Subsidiaries, to the full extent permissible under the laws of the State of 
Florida, or of the state of incorporation of the relevant Subsidiary as the case
may be.

                  12. WAIVER.  The failure of any party to exercise any right or
remedy  under  this  Agreement  shall not  constitute  a waiver of such right or
remedy,  and the waiver of any violation or breach of this  Agreement by a party
shall not constitute a waiver of any prior or subsequent violation or breach. No
waiver under this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and executed by the
waiving party.

                  13.  SEVERABILITY.  If any  provision  of  this  Agreement  is
determined by a court or other governmental authority to be invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable,  such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect
the  validity,  legality  or  enforceability  of any  other  provision  of  this
Agreement.  Further, the provision that is determined to be invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable  shall be reformed and construed to the extent permitted by law so
that it will be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.


<PAGE>


                  14.  HEADINGS.  The headings used in this Agreement are 
included for the convenience of the parties for reference purposes only and are 
not to be used in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

                  15.  JURISDICTION  AND VENUE.  Any suit,  action or proceeding
against any party to this Agreement arising out of or relating to this Agreement
or any  transaction  contemplated  hereby may only be brought in any  Federal or
State court located in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York, and each
such party thereby submits to the exclusive  jurisdiction of such courts for the
purpose of any such suit,  action or  proceeding.  To the extent that service of
process by mail is  permitted by  applicable  law,  each such party  irrevocably
consents to the  service of process in any such suit,  action or  proceeding  in
such courts by the mailing of such  process by  registered  or  certified  mail,
postage prepaid,  at its address for notices provided for above. Each such party
irrevocably  agrees  not to assert any  objection  which it may ever have to the
laying of venue of any such suit,  action or  proceeding in any Federal or State
court located in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York,  and any claim
that any such  suit,  action or  proceeding  brought  in any such court has been
brought in an  inconvenient  forum.  Each party to this Agreement  agrees not to
bring any action,  suit or proceeding  against any other party arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any  transaction  contemplated  hereby except in a
Federal or State court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

                  16.   NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall not 
be deemed to confer in favor of any third parties any rights whatsoever as a 
third-party beneficiary.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                             EMPLOYER:

                                             TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                             By: ________________________
                                             Title:



                                             EXECUTIVE:


                                             ____________________________
                                             Wesley T. O'Brien



                               CREDIT AGREEMENT

      THIS  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  is made and  entered  into as of this 26th day of
November,   1996,  by  and  between  TresCom  International,   Inc.,  a  Florida
corporation   ("Borrower"),   TresCom  U.S.A.,   Inc.,  a  Florida   corporation
("Pledgor"),  and  SunTrust  Bank,  South  Florida,  N.A.,  a  national  banking
association ("Bank").


                                  BACKGROUND

      Borrower  has  applied  to Bank for a line of credit  availability  in the
maximum principal amount of  $7,000,000.00.  Bank is willing to establish on its
books  such  line of  credit  availability  for  Borrower  upon  the  terms  and
conditions described in this Agreement.

      NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements,  covenants,  and  conditions  herein,  Borrower  and  Bank  agree as
follows:

                                     TERMS

                           SECTION 1.   DEFINITIONS.

      1.1  DEFINED  TERMS.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  this
Agreement,  the capitalized terms used in the foregoing preamble section and the
following  capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them
for all purposes of this Agreement:

      "Agreement"  means  this  Credit  Agreement,  as the same may be  amended,
supplemented,  restated,  replaced,  or otherwise  modified from time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

      "Bank" has the meaning specified in the first sentence hereof.

      "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the first sentence hereof.

      "Borrowing Base" means seventy percent (70%) of Eligible Receivables.

      "Borrowing   Base   Certificate"   means  a  borrowing  base   certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit "A" hereto.

      "Business Day" means a day that is not a Saturday,  a Sunday,  or a day on
which Bank is closed pursuant to authorization or requirement of law.

      "Collateral"  means  all of  Borrower's  and  all of  Pledgor's  accounts,
general  intangibles,  chattel  paper,  documents,  instruments,  all  books and
records,  monies,  securities and deposits, and all proceeds and products of the
foregoing, all as more fully described in the Security Agreements.




<PAGE>



      "Committed Amount" has the meaning specified in Subsection 2.1(a) hereof.

      "Consistent  Basis" means,  in reference to the  application  of Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Principles that the accounting  principles observed in the
current period are  comparable in all material  respects to those applied in the
preceding period.

      "Debt  Service  Coverage  Ratio" means the ratio of (i) EBITDA to (ii) the
sum of interest  expense  plus  current  portion of long term debt plus  current
portion of capital and operating  leases  (excluding  Revolving Credit principal
outstanding but including Revolving Credit interest outstanding).

      "EBITDA" means net income or loss plus depreciation expense,  amortization
expense,  interest  expense,  income  taxes and other  non-cash  charges,  minus
extraordinary   income  and  gains  and  non-cash  income,   if  any,  and  plus
extraordinary losses, if any.

      "Eligible  Receivables"  means the aggregate  outstanding  balance (net of
retainages  and  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts)  of all of the accounts of
Borrower and of Pledgor  resulting  from the sale of goods and the  rendering of
services in the ordinary course of business, but excludes any account receivable
if (i) the  account is unpaid for more than  ninety  (90) days after the date of
the invoice  related to it; (ii) any of the goods or services  that gave rise to
the account have been returned,  rejected,  or repossessed,  or a dispute exists
between  Borrower or Pledgor and the account  debtor with  respect to either the
account  or the goods or  services  that gave rise to it;  (iii) the  account is
subject to any actual or threatened defense, claim, counterclaim,  or set-off by
the account debtor,  including  without  limitation  accounts  payable or contra
amounts due to the account debtor, customer deposits, and all accrued but unpaid
rebates and discounts;  (iv) the account is owed by any account debtor for which
at least ten  percent  (10%) or more of the  aggregate  amounts of such  account
debtor  are  outstanding  for at least  ninety  (90) days  after the date of the
invoice  related to it; (v) any other  account due from the  account  debtor has
become,  or has been  determined  by Bank to be,  ineligible  for the reason set
forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii); (vi) the account has been sold to, assigned
to, discounted with, or financed with or become subject to a lien in favor of, a
factor,  lender,  or other party (other than Bank);  (vii) the account debtor is
the United States  government,  the government of any state of the United States
or any political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of
the  foregoing,  or the account is such that the Bank's ability to obtain direct
payment  thereunder is governed by any federal or state statutory  requirements;
(viii) the account debtor is an affiliate,  subsidiary,  employee, or officer of
Borrower or Pledgor; (ix) the account debtor is a supplier,  vendor, or creditor
of  Borrower  or  Pledgor,  except to the extent the amount  owed to Borrower or
Pledgor  (as  applicable)  thereunder  exceeds  the amount  owed by  Borrower or
Pledgor (as  applicable)  to the supplier,  vendor or creditor;  (x) the sale or
service  represented by the account is to an account debtor located  outside the
United  States;  (xi) the account is  denominated  in other than  United  States
Dollars or is payable outside the United States;  (xii) the sale  represented by
the account is on a bill-and-hold,  guaranteed sale, sale or return,  or sale on
approval  basis;  (xiii)  the  account is not  evidenced  by an invoice or other
writing in form acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion;  (xiv) the account is
evidenced by a promissory note,  instrument,  or chattel paper; (xv) the account
debtor is insolvent or the subject of bankruptcy proceedings;  (xvi) the account
represents a  rebilling;  (xvii) in order to be entitled to collect the account,
Borrower  or Pledgor is  required  to  deliver  additional  goods to, or perform
additional services for, or perform or incur


                                      2

<PAGE>



additional  obligations to, the account debtor;  (xviii) Borrower or Pledgor has
received notice of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the account debtor;  or (xix)
Bank otherwise determines that such receivable is ineligible.

      "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the
same may be supplemented or amended from time to time.

      "Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section 8 hereof.

      "Financing  Statement"  means the UCC-1 financing  statement  covering the
Collateral  naming  Borrower and Pledgor as debtors and Bank as secured party to
be filed by Bank with the  Florida  Secretary  of State in  connection  with the
Security Agreements.

      "Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles"  means those  principles  of
accounting set forth in Opinions of the Financial  Accounting Standards Board or
the  American  Institute  of Certified  Public  Accountants  or which have other
substantial  authoritative support and are applicable in the circumstances as of
the date of any report  required  herein or as of the date of an  application of
such principles as required herein.

      "Guarantor" means TresCom Network Services, Inc., a Florida corporation.

      "Guaranty" has the meaning specified in Subsection 3.2 hereof.

      "Liabilities" all of the following,  whether primary,  secondary,  direct,
indirect,  absolute,  contingent,  sole, joint, or several, arising prior to the
date hereof or in connection  herewith,  or which may be hereafter contracted or
acquired,  or  incurred  directly  or  indirectly  in respect  thereof,  and all
extensions or renewals  thereof and all sums payable under or by virtue thereof,
and whether arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, and whether
owed to, held, or to be held by Bank for its own account or as agent for another
or others:

            (a) all liabilities and obligations of Borrower to Bank, however and
whenever incurred or evidenced,  including,  without limitation,  all amounts of
principal and interest arising pursuant to the Revolving Credit;

            (b) all other  existing and future  indebtedness,  obligations,  and
liabilities  of  Borrower  and of  Pledgor  hereunder  and under the other  Loan
Documents, as may be amended from time to time;

            (c) any renewals, enlargements, extensions or modifications thereof
or additions thereto;

            (d) any deficiency remaining upon enforcement of Bank's rights
against all or any portion of the Collateral;

            (e) all  other   existing  and  future  debts,   liabilities,   and
obligations  of  Borrower  to Bank and of  Pledgor  to Bank,  of every  kind and
description,  of any nature whatsoever,  whether or not evidenced by any note or
other instrument or agreement; and


                                      3

<PAGE>




            (f) all  expenses  incurred  or  paid  by  Bank  in  enforcing  the
Liabilities  or this  Agreement or  preserving  any right of Bank  thereunder or
hereunder (including, without limitation,  obligations that would become due but
for the operation of the automatic  stay under Section  362(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code, 11 U.S.C. ss.362(a),  including interest,  fees, and other charges whether
or  not a  claim  is  allowed  for  such  obligations  in  any  such  bankruptcy
proceedings,   including  costs  of  collection  and  attorneys'  fees  as  more
specifically described in the obligations and herein).

The term  "Liabilities"  as used herein  shall  include all  liabilities  of any
successor entity or entities of such parties to Bank.

      "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Note, the Tax
Indemnification Agreement, the Guaranty, and the Security Agreements.

      "Person" means any  corporation,  business entity,  natural person,  firm,
joint venture,  partnership,  trust, unincorporated  organization,  association,
government, or any department or agency of any government.

      "Pledgor" has the meaning specified in the first sentence hereof.

     Revolving Credit" has the meaning specified in Subsection 2.1 hereof.

     "Revolving Credit Note" has the meaning specified in Subsection 2.5 hereof.

     "Security Agreements" has the meaning specified in Subsection 3.1 hereof.

      "Solvent"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  that as of the  date of
determination, both: (a)(i) the then fair saleable value of the property of such
Person is (y) greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent
obligations)  of such  Person  and (z)  greater  than the  amount  that  will be
required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person's then existing debts as
they become  absolute and matured  considering  all financing  alternatives  and
potential asset sales  reasonably  available to such Person;  (ii) such Person's
capital  is  not  unreasonably   small  in  relation  to  its  business  or  any
contemplated or undertaken transaction; and (iii) such Person does not intend to
incur debts  beyond its  ability to pay such debts as they  become due;  and (b)
such  Person is solvent  within the meaning  given that term and  similar  terms
under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers.

      "Subsidiary" means, for any Person, any corporation, partnership, or other
entity of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities or other ownership
interests having ordinary voting power to elect the board or directors or having
direct power to perform  functions similar to that of a board of directors is at
the time directly or indirectly  owned or controlled by such Person.  Unless the
context  clearly  indicates  otherwise,   the  term  "Subsidiary"  refers  to  a
Subsidiary of Borrower.

      "Tangible  Net Worth"  means the  aggregate  amount of assets shown on the
balance sheet of Borrower,  excluding  capitalized  organization and development
costs,  capitalized  interest,   goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  copy  rights,
franchises, licenses, amounts due or to become due


                                      4

<PAGE>



from officers,  employees,  directors,  stockholders,  and affiliates,  and such
other  assets  classified  as  "intangible   assets"  under  Generally  Accepted
Accounting   Principles,   less  all  liabilities  of  Borrower  excluding  debt
subordinated to Bank.

      "Tax  Indemnification  Agreement" means the agreement between Borrower and
Bank of even date regarding  payment of and  reimbursement for documentary stamp
taxes and intangible taxes, and any similar  agreements that may be entered into
between Borrower and Bank from time to time.

      "Total  Funded  Debt"  means  the  amount  of  all  principal  outstanding
indebtedness  of the Borrower and its  subsidiaries,  whether present or future,
for  borrowed  money  or for  the  deferred  purchase  price  of  property,  all
indebtedness,  whether  present or future,  secured  by a lien on  property  and
indebtedness,  whether  present  or  future,  arising  under  letter  of  credit
facilities.  This shall not include accounts payable incurred by Borrower in the
ordinary course of the Borrower's business.

      1.2   OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

            (g) The terms  "material" and  "materially"  shall have the meanings
ascribed to such terms under Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles as such
would be applied to the  business of  Borrower or others,  except as the context
shall clearly otherwise require;  (b) all of the terms defined in this Agreement
shall have such defined  meanings when used in other documents  issued under, or
delivered  pursuant  to,  this  Agreement  unless the  context  shall  otherwise
require;  (c) words in  singular  shall  include  the plural and words in plural
shall include the singular,  unless the context clearly requires otherwise;  (d)
accounting  terms to the extent not otherwise  defined shall have the respective
meanings given them under, and shall be construed in accordance with,  Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Principles;  (e) terms  defined  in, or by  reference  to,
Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in Florida to the extent not
otherwise  defined  herein shall have the  respective  meanings given to them in
Article 9 with the exception of the word  "document"  unless the context clearly
requires such meaning;  (f) the words "hereby,"  "hereto,"  "hereof,"  "herein,"
"hereunder"  and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer
to  this  Agreement  as a  whole  and not to any  particular  provision  of this
Agreement;  (g) words of any gender  shall  include all other  genders;  and (h)
whenever  in this  Agreement  any of the  parties  hereto is  referred  to, such
reference  shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such parties
unless the context shall expressly provide otherwise.

                      SECTION 2.  LOAN AMOUNT AND TERMS.

      2.1   THE REVOLVING CREDIT.

            (a)  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  Bank
agrees to  establish  on its books a revolving  line of credit  availability  in
favor of Borrower (the "Revolving  Credit") in the maximum  principal  amount of
$7,000,000.00  (which  maximum  amount  shall  be  referred  to  herein  as  the
"Committed Amount").


                                      5

<PAGE>



            (b) Prior to April 30,  1998 (as may be  extended  from time to time
subject  to the terms  hereof,  the  "Termination  Date"),  and so long as there
exists no Event of  Default or  circumstance  which with the giving of notice or
passage of time would become an Event of Default,  Bank shall,  upon the request
of  Borrower,  make  advances and issue  letters of credit  under the  Revolving
Credit in accordance  with the  provisions  hereof.  No advance shall be made or
letter of credit issued which,  when  aggregated with the amounts of any letters
of credit  outstanding  and any  principal  amounts then  outstanding  under the
Revolving Credit (which amounts shall include all  unreimbursed  amounts paid by
Bank and  amounts of drafts  accepted by Bank under  letters of  credit),  would
exceed the lesser of the Committed  Amount and the Borrowing  Base.  During such
period,  Borrower may borrow,  repay, and reborrow,  and request the issuance of
letters of  credit,  under the  Revolving  Credit in  accordance  with the terms
hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no letters of
credit shall be issued which,  when aggregated  with the outstanding  amounts of
any letters of credit  issued under the  Revolving  Credit and any  unreimbursed
amounts paid by Bank or amounts of drafts  accepted by Bank under any letters of
credit would exceed $2,000,000.00.

            (c)  Borrower  shall submit to Bank no later than fifteen (15) after
the end of each month Borrowing Base certificates for such month in such form as
Bank shall require.  The calculation of the Borrowing Base, however, may be made
from time to time in Bank's  discretion,  and is not necessarily  based upon the
contents of the most recent Borrowing Base certificate.

            (d) If at any time the aggregate amount of principal outstanding and
letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit shall exceed the lesser
of the Committed Amount or the then existing  Borrowing Base,  Borrower will pay
to Bank upon demand  such  amount as shall be  required  to cause the  aggregate
amount of  principal  outstanding  and letters of credit  outstanding  under the
Revolving  Credit to be equal to or less than the lesser of the Committed Amount
or the then existing  Borrowing Base.  Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to charge
any deposit account of Borrower for the amount of such excess.

      2.2  ADVANCES  UNDER  REVOLVING  CREDIT.  Advances  made by Bank under the
Revolving  Credit  (other than  advances  made by Bank by honoring  drafts drawn
under  letters of credit)  shall be made upon  notice  from  Borrower to Bank at
least one (1) Business  Day prior to the date of the  advance.  Each such notice
shall be by telephone or telecopier, confirmed immediately in writing, and shall
be accompanied by the payment of any applicable  taxes. Each request of Borrower
for  such an  advance  shall be in an  amount  not less  than  $25,000.00  or an
integral  multiple  thereof.  Each such advance  shall be made by crediting  the
amount of the advance to the general deposit account of Borrower maintained with
Bank,  except as otherwise  specified  in writing by Borrower.  Any draw under a
letter of  credit or any  acceptance  of a letter  of  credit  issued  under the
Revolving Credit shall be deemed an advance under the Revolving Credit.

      2.3  ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT UNDER THE REVOLVING CREDIT. The form of
each  letter of credit  shall be in the sole and  complete  discretion  of Bank.
Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  however,  in the sole and
complete  discretion of Bank, the expiration date of each letter of credit shall
not extend beyond thirty (30) days after the  Termination  Date.  Each letter of
credit  shall be  requested  by Borrower at least 72 hours prior to the proposed
date


                                      6

<PAGE>



of issuance,  and the request shall be accompanied  by such other  applications,
agreements, information or documents, and the payment of fees or commissions, as
Bank shall require.

      2.4  ANNUAL REVIEW.  At  least  once  each  year,  after  review  of  the
financial statements  of Borrower  for the  preceding  fiscal  year,  Bank will
permit the Revolving  Credit  to  continue  for  an additional year unless Bank
determines that a material adverse change has occurred with respect to Borrower,
Pledger,  or Guarantor,  in which case Bank may  terminate the Revolving  Credit
and demand payment of all amounts outstanding thereunder.

      2.5  NOTE.  The Revolving Credit shall be evidenced by a master promissory
note of Borrower payable to order of Bank in form and substance  satisfactory to
Bank in an aggregate  principal amount equivalent to the Committed  Amount,  and
dated  the  date  of this  Agreement  (as may be  amended,  renewed,  increased,
restated,  replaced,  or otherwise  modified from time to time,  the  "Revolving
Credit Note").

      2.6  INTEREST RATE.  The  principal  amount from time to time  outstanding
under the Revolving  Credit shall bear interest at the Prime Rate (as defined in
the  Revolving  Credit  Note),  or the LIBOR Rate (as  defined in the  Revolving
Credit Note) plus 2.5% per annum;  provided however,  that in no event shall the
interest rate  applicable to principal  outstanding  under the Revolving  Credit
exceed the maximum rate of interest  allowed by applicable  law, as amended from
time to time.

      2.7  REPAYMENT.  Principal  under the  Revolving  Credit  shall be due and
payable in a single payment on the Termination  Date.  Interest shall be payable
monthly in arrears  beginning on December 31, 1996,  and  continuing on the like
day  of  each  month  thereafter,  as  long  as  any  principal  amount  remains
outstanding under the Revolving Credit, and at maturity.

      2.8  COMMITMENT FEE;  UNUSED FEE  FOR  REVOLVING CREDIT. As consideration 
for making the Revolving  Credit  available,  Borrower shall pay to Bank: (a) on
the date hereof a commitment fee in the amount of $26,250.00 ($7,500.00 of which
has previously been paid);  and (b) commencing on the date hereof and continuing
as long as the Revolving Credit has not been  terminated,  a unused fee equal to
one-quarter  percent  (0.25%) per annum of the unused  portion of the  Committed
Amount under the  Revolving  Credit.  Such fee shall be computed on the basis of
the average daily unused  portion of the  Committed  Amount and shall be payable
quarterly in arrears.

      2.9  PREPAYMENTS.  Borrower  shall be entitled to prepay any notes subject
hereto in whole or in part, at any time,  without premium or penalty,  except to
the extent that the unused fee required under Subsection 2.8 may be construed to
be a penalty,  upon at least one (1) Business Day's notice to Bank,  each notice
stating the proposed date and principal  amount of the prepayment.  Each partial
prepayment of any note  hereunder  shall be in the principal  amount of not less
than $25,000.00,  or an integral multiple thereof. Each partial prepayment shall
be applied by Bank first to  interest  and lawful  charges  then due and unpaid,
then to principal,  then to all other interest and lawful charges  accrued,  and
with respect to payments under any term note, shall not postpone the due date or
change the amount of any subsequent  installment  except in the inverse order of
maturity thereof. Borrower may be required to make prepayments in


                                      7

<PAGE>



connection with the Borrowing Base from time to time, as described more fully in
Subsection 2.1(e) hereof.

                      SECTION 3. SECURITY AND GUARANTIES

      Payment of the loan or loans hereunder shall be secured and guaranteed, as
provided in this Section 3.

      3.1  SECURITY  INTEREST  IN  COLLATERAL.  Payment and  performance  of the
Liabilities  shall be secured by a first perfected  security  interest in all of
the  Collateral  now owned or  hereafter  acquired or arising,  and all proceeds
thereof.  Each of  Borrower  and  Pledgor  shall  execute  and deliver to Bank a
security agreement  covering said Collateral in form and substance  satisfactory
to Bank (collectively, the "Security Agreements"). The Security Agreements shall
be  sufficient,  when  notice  thereof  is  properly  filed or  recorded  in the
appropriate jurisdictions,  to grant to Bank a first perfected security interest
in the Collateral  subject to no prior liens or encumbrances  except in favor of
Bank or as Bank  permits in  writing.  Each of Borrower  and  Pledgor  agrees to
execute  or  otherwise  provide  to Bank  any and all  modifications,  financing
statements,  and other  agreements  or  consents  required by Bank now or in the
future in connection therewith.

      3.2  GUARANTIES.  Payment  of   the  Revolving   Credit  Note,  any  other
obligations  under the Loan Documents,  and any other obligations of Borrower to
Bank,  presently  existing or  hereafter  arising,  shall be  guaranteed  by the
Guarantor,  which  guarantee shall be evidenced by the execution and delivery to
Bank by  Guarantor  of a  continuing  and  unconditional  guaranty  in form  and
substance satisfactory to Bank (the "Guaranty").

                   SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


            To induce Bank to enter into this  Agreement and to make the loan or
loans  hereunder,  each of Borrower and Pledgor  represents and warrants to Bank
(which  representations  and  warranties  shall  survive  the  delivery  of  the
documents  mentioned  herein and the  mailing of the loan or loans  contemplated
hereby) as follows:

      4.1  CORPORATE  EXISTENCE;  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAW;  NAME  HISTORY.  Each of
Borrower and Pledgor is a corporation duly  incorporated and organized,  validly
existing,  and in  good  standing  under  the  laws of the  jurisdiction  of its
incorporation.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor has all requisite power  (corporate
and otherwise) to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as
now being conducted,  is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation to do business
in every  jurisdiction  in which the nature of its business or the  ownership of
its  properties  makes such  qualification  necessary and is in good standing in
such  jurisdictions,  has all  licenses  and permits  necessary  to carry on and
conduct its business in all states and localities  wherein it now operates,  and
is in  compliance  with all  other  requirements  of law,  rule,  or  regulation
applicable to it and to its business.  Borrower's Subsidiaries are identified on
the attached Schedule 4.1. Neither Borrower nor Pledgor has merged,  changed its
name,  or done  business  under a  fictitious  name  during the past five years,
except "TeraCom  Communications,  Inc." (with respect to Borrower), and "TeraCom
U.S.A., Inc." (with respect to Pledgor).



                                      8

<PAGE>



      4.2  CORPORATE POWER  AND  AUTHORIZATION  TO EXECUTE  LOAN  DOCUMENTS;  NO
CONFLICT;  NO CONSENT.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor has the corporate power and
authority  and the legal right to execute and deliver the Loan  Documents  to be
executed  by it and to  perform  its  obligations  thereunder  and has taken all
corporate action necessary to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance
of such Loan Documents and to authorize the transactions  contemplated  thereby.
The  execution,  delivery,  and  performance by Borrower and Pledgor of the Loan
Documents to be executed by it will not: (a) contravene,  conflict with,  result
in the breach of, or constitute a violation of or default under (i) the articles
of  incorporation  or bylaws of Borrower or Pledgor,  (ii) any  applicable  law,
rule, regulation,  judgment,  order, writ, injunction, or decree of any court or
governmental  authority,  or (iii) any agreement or instrument to which Borrower
or Pledgor is a party or by which  Borrower  or Pledgor or its  property  may be
bound or  affected;  or (b)  result  in the  creation  of any lien,  charge,  or
encumbrance  upon any property or assets of Borrower or Pledgor  pursuant to any
of the foregoing,  except the liens created by the Loan  Documents.  No consent,
license, or authorization of, or filing with, or notice to, any Person or entity
(including,  without limitation,  any governmental  authority),  is necessary or
required in connection with the execution, delivery,  performance,  validity, or
enforceability  of the  Loan  Documents  and the  transactions  as  contemplated
thereunder, except for consents, licenses, authorizations,  filings, and notices
already  obtained  or  performed  and of which  Bank has been  provided  written
notice,  or referred to or disclosed in the Loan  Documents.  Any such consents,
licenses, authorizations, filings, or notices remain in full force and effect.

      4.3  ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS.  The Loan Documents constitute legal, valid,
and binding  agreements  enforceable  against the respective parties thereto and
any  property  described  therein in  accordance  with their  respective  terms.
Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the Loan  Documents  grant  Bank a valid and
enforceable  first lien on and, upon filing with the Florida  Secretary of State
of the Financing Statement,  a first perfected security interest in the personal
property described in the Security Agreements.

      4.4  FINANCIAL CONDITION.

            (a) The  consolidated  financial  statements as of June 30, 1996, of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  copies of which have been furnished to Bank, are
correct,  complete,  and fairly present the financial  condition of Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries as of the date of the financial  statements and fairly present
the results of the  operations of Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for the period
covered thereby.

            (b) The financial  statements  described above have been prepared in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a Consistent
Basis  maintained  throughout  the period  involved.  There has been no material
adverse  change  in  the  business,   properties,  or  condition,  financial  or
otherwise,  of Borrower  or its  Subsidiaries  since the date of such  financial
statements.

            (c) Neither Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  have any material
direct or contingent  liabilities,  liabilities for taxes,  long-term leases, or
unusual forward or long-term  commitments as of the date of this Agreement which
are not  disclosed  by,  provided  for,  or  reserved  against in the  foregoing
financial statements or referred to in notes thereto.


                                      9

<PAGE>




     4.5  NO LITIGATION.  There is no suit or  proceeding at law or in equity or
other proceeding or investigation (including proceedings by or before any court,
arbitrator,  governmental or administrative commission,  board, bureau, or other
administrative agency) pending, or to the best knowledge of Borrower and Pledgor
threatened, by or against or involving Borrower, Pledgor or against any of their
respective  properties,  existence,  or revenues  which,  individually or in the
aggregate,  if adversely  determined,  is  reasonably  likely to have a material
adverse  effect on the  properties,  assets,  or business  or on the  condition,
financial or  otherwise,  of Borrower or impair the right or ability of Borrower
to carry on its operations  substantially  as now conducted,  or,  regardless of
outcome,  which questions the validity of the  transactions  contemplated by the
Loan  Documents,  or would be required to be  disclosed  in notes to any balance
sheet as of the date  hereof  of  Borrower  prepared  in  reasonable  detail  in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a Consistent
Basis.

      4.6  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; REGULATION.

            (a) Neither  Borrower  nor Pledgor is an  "investment  company,"  an
"affiliated  person" of, or  "promoter"  or  "principal  underwriter"  for,  any
"investment  company," or a company "controlled" by an "investment company," and
Borrower  is  not  an  "investment  advisor"  or an  "affiliated  person"  of an
"investment  advisor"  (as each of the  quoted  terms is  defined or used in the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended).  Neither the making of the loans,
nor the  establishment  of the credits  hereunder,  nor the  application  of the
proceeds or repayment  thereof by Borrower,  nor the  consummation  of the other
transactions  contemplated  hereby, will violate the provisions of the foregoing
Act or any rule, regulation, or order promulgated thereunder.

            (b) Borrower is not subject to  regulation  under any state or local
public utilities code or federal, state, or local statute or regulation limiting
the ability of Borrower to incur  indebtedness  for money  borrowed or to pledge
assets of the type contemplated hereunder.

      4.7  DISCLOSURE AND NO UNTRUE STATEMENTS.  No  representation  or warranty
made by  Borrower  in the Loan  Documents  or which will be made by  Borrower or
Pledgor from time to time in connection  with the Loan Documents (a) contains or
will contain any  misrepresentation or untrue statement of any material fact, or
(b)  omits  or will  omit to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements  therein  not  misleading.  There is no fact  (excluding  information
relating  to  world  or  national  economic,  social,  or  political  conditions
generally)  currently  known to Borrower or Pledgor which now, or which might in
the future,  materially adversely affect, the business,  assets,  properties, or
condition,  financial or  otherwise,  of Borrower or Pledgor,  or the ability of
Borrower or Pledgor to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents,  except
as set forth or referred to in the Loan  Documents  or  otherwise  disclosed  in
writing to Bank.

      4.8  TITLE  TO  ASSETS; LEASES  IN  GOOD  STANDING.  Each of Borrower and
Pledgor has good and  marketable  title in fee to such of its  fixed  assets as
are real property  and good and  marketable  title to its other  properties  and
assets,  including  the  properties  and  assets  reflected  in  the  financial
statements and notes thereto described in Subsection 6.1 hereof, except for such
assets as have been disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and all such
properties and  assets  are  free  and  clear of all liens, mortgages,  pledges,
security interests, charges, title


                                      10

<PAGE>



retention  agreements,  or other encumbrances of any kind except those permitted
under  Subsection  7.2.  Each  of  Borrower  and  Pledgor  enjoys  peaceful  and
undisturbed possession under all leases under which it is now operating, none of
which  contain  any  provisions  which  may  materially   adversely  affect  its
operations,  and all such  leases are valid,  subsisting,  and in full force and
effect, and neither Borrower nor Pledger is in violation of any material term of
any such lease.

      4.9  PAYMENT OF TAXES. Each of Borrower and Pledgor has filed or caused to
be filed all  federal,  state,  and local tax returns  which are  required to be
filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes as shown on said returns
or on any  assessment  received by it, to the extent that such taxes have become
due, other than taxes being  contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings
diligently  conducted and for which adequate  reserves have been  established in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,  and no controversy in
respect of  additional  taxes of Borrower is pending,  or, to the  knowledge  of
Borrower or Pledgor, threatened.

      4.10  AGREEMENT OR CONTRACT RESTRICTIONS; NO DEFAULT. Neither Borrower nor
Pledgor is a party to, nor is bound by, any agreement,  contract,  or instrument
or subject to any charter or other  corporate  restriction  which  materially or
adversely affects the business,  properties,  assets,  operations, or condition,
financial  or  otherwise,  of Borrower  or Pledgor  except as  disclosed  in the
financial  statements  and notes  thereto  described in  Subsection  6.1 hereof.
Neither  Borrower nor Pledgor is in default in the performance,  observance,  or
fulfillment  of any  obligations,  covenants,  or  conditions  contained  in any
agreement or instrument to which it is a party.

      4.11  PATENTS,  TRADEMARKS,  LICENSES,  ETC.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor
owns,  possesses,  or has the  right to use,  and  holds  free  from  burdensome
restrictions or known conflicts with the rights of others,  all patents,  patent
rights,  licenses,  trademarks  and service  marks,  trademark  and service mark
rights, trade names, trade name rights, and copyrights,  and all material rights
with  respect to the  foregoing,  useful in the  conduct of its  business as now
conducted,  and is in full compliance with the terms and conditions,  if any, of
all such  patents,  patent  rights,  licenses,  trademarks  and  service  marks,
trademark and service mark rights, trade names, trade name rights, or copyrights
and the terms and conditions of any agreements relating thereto.

      4.12  GOVERNMENT CONTRACT.  Neither Borrower nor Pledgor is subject to the
renegotiation of any government contract in any material amount.

      4.13  ERISA REQUIREMENT.  Except  as  previously  disclosed  to  Bank  in 
writing,  neither  Borrower nor Pledgor  has  in force any written or oral bonus
plan, stock option plan,  employee  welfare,  pension  or profit  sharing  plan,
or  any  other  employee  benefit  arrangement or  understanding.  In  addition,
neither  Borrower, Pledgor, nor any predecessor thereof  is  now or was formerly
during the five year period   immediately   preceding  the  effective   date  of
this   Agreement  a  participating  employer in  any multi-employer or "multiple
employer" plans within the  meaning of  Sections  4001(1)(a)(3),  4063, and 4064
of ERISA.  Each employee benefit  plan  subject  to  the  requirements  of ERISA
complies  with all of  the requirements  of  ERISA  and  those  plans  which are
subject to being  "qualified" under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal


                                      11

<PAGE>



Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from time to time,  have since their  adoption
been  "qualified"  and have received  favorable  determination  letters from the
Internal  Revenue  Service so holding.  There is no matter which would adversely
affect the qualified tax exempt status of any such trust or plan,  and except as
previously  disclosed to Bank there are no  deficiencies  or liabilities for any
such plan or trust.  No employee  benefit plan  sponsored by Borrower or Pledgor
has engaged in a non-exempt "prohibited transaction" as defined in ERISA.

      4.14  SOLVENCY.  Each  of  Borrower  and  Pledgor is, and on and after the
consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will be, Solvent.

      4.15  LOCATION OF OFFICES AND COLLATERAL.  The chief executive office, the
principal  place of  business,  and the  office  where all books and  records of
Borrower and Pledgor are kept is at the location  described in  Subsection  10.3
hereof, and there are no other offices of Borrower.

                      SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS OF LENDING.


      The  obligation  of Bank to  make  the  loan or  loans  or to  permit  any
borrowings  hereunder is conditioned  upon the  performance of all agreements by
Borrower and Pledgor  contained herein, as well as satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:

      5.1  CONTINUING ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. At the time of
each  borrowing  hereunder,  the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in
Section 4 hereof shall be true,  correct,  and complete on and as of the date of
the borrowing with the same effect as though the  representations and warranties
had been made on and as of the date of the borrowing,  except to the extent that
such  representations and warranties may expressly relate to an earlier date, in
which case they shall continue to be true as of such date.

      5.2  NO DEFAULT.  At the time of each  borrowing  hereunder,  Borrower and
Pledgor shall be in compliance  with all terms and  conditions set forth herein,
and no Event of  Default,  nor any event  which upon  notice or lapse of time or
both would constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing
at the time of such borrowing.

      5.3  OPINION OF COUNSEL.  On or prior to the date of this  Agreement, Bank
shall have received the favorable opinion of counsel for Borrower,  Pledgor, and
Guarantor,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to Bank, as to such matters as
Bank may require.

      5.4  APPROVAL OF BANK'S COUNSEL.  All legal matters in connection with the
Loan  Documents and the  transactions  herein and therein  contemplated  and all
documents and proceedings shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Holland
& Knight, counsel for Bank.

      5.5  LOAN DOCUMENTS. On or prior to the date of this Agreement, Bank shall
have received, duly executed,  this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,  all
in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and counsel for Bank.



                                      12

<PAGE>



      5.6  SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. On or prior to the date of this Agreement, Bank
shall have received the following  documents  satisfactory in form and substance
to Bank and counsel for Bank and, as requested by Bank, certified by appropriate
corporate or governmental authorities:

            (a) A certificate of good standing of each of Borrower, Pledgor, and
Guarantor certified by the secretary of state, or other appropriate governmental
authority,  of the state of  incorporation  of each of  Borrower,  Pledgor,  and
Guarantor, respectively;

            (b) a copy of the  articles of  incorporation  of each of  Borrower,
Pledgor,  and Guarantor in effect on the date hereof  certified by the secretary
of  state,  or  other  appropriate  governmental  authority,  of  the  state  of
incorporation  of  each  of  Borrower,  Pledgor,  and  Guarantor,  respectively,
accompanied by a certificate  from an  appropriate  officer of each of Borrower,
Pledgor,  and  Guarantor,  respectively,  that the copy is complete and that the
articles of incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, or revoked
since the date of the articles of incorporation or the last amendment  reflected
in the copy, if any;

            (c) a copy of the bylaws of each of Borrower, Pledgor, and Guarantor
in effect on the date of this  Agreement,  accompanied by a certificate  from an
appropriate officer of each of Borrower,  Pledgor, and Guarantor,  respectively,
that the copy is true and  complete  and that the bylaws have not been  amended,
annulled,  rescinded,  or  revoked  since  the  date of the  bylaws  or the last
amendment reflected in the copy, if any;

            (d) a copy of  resolutions  of the  board  of  directors  of each of
Borrower,  Pledgor,  and Guarantor  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery,  and
performance  of the Loan  Documents  to which  such  entity  is a party  and the
borrowings  thereunder,  and  specifying  the  officer  or  officers  of each of
Borrower,  Pledgor,  and Guarantor  authorized to execute the Loan  Documents to
which such entity is a party,  accompanied by a certificate  from an appropriate
officer that the resolutions are true and complete,  were duly adopted at a duly
called meeting in which a quorum was present and acting throughout, or were duly
adopted by written  action,  and have not been amended,  annulled,  rescinded or
revoked  in any  respect  and remain in full force and effect on the date of the
certificate,  together  with an  incumbency  certificate  containing  the names,
titles, and genuine signatures of all duly elected officers of each of Borrower,
Pledgor  and,  Guarantor,  respectively,  as of  the  date  of  this  Agreement,
accompanied by a certificate from an appropriate officer that the information is
true and complete;

            (e) UCC-1  Financing  Statements  covering the  Collateral  and such
other  instruments  as  necessary  to insure  Bank a  perfected  first  security
interest in the Collateral, subject only to those matters approved by Bank; and

            (f)   such additional supporting documents as Bank may request.


                      SECTION 6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

      Each of Borrower and Pledgor covenants and agrees as follows from the date
of this  Agreement  until payment in full of all present or future  indebtedness
hereunder and termination


                                      13

<PAGE>



of all present or future credit facilities  established  hereunder,  unless Bank
shall otherwise consent in writing:

      6.1  FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION.  Borrower  will  deliver or 
cause to be delivered to Bank the following:

            (a) As soon as  practicable  and in any event within sixty (60) days
after the end of each fiscal quarter, other than the last quarter of each fiscal
year: (i) a consolidated and  consolidating  balance sheet as of the last day of
such quarter and the related consolidated and consolidating  statement of income
for such quarter and cumulative year-to-date for Borrower, setting forth in each
case in comparative form figures for the  corresponding  period in the preceding
fiscal year,  all in  reasonable  detail and  satisfactory  in scope to Bank and
certified by the chief financial  officer of Borrower as to the fairness of such
financial  statements  and that the same have been prepared in  accordance  with
Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles applied on a Consistent Basis, subject
to changes resulting from normal,  recurring year-end adjustments;  and (ii) the
Borrower's Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission;

            (b) As soon as practicable  and in any event within one hundred five
(105)  days  after  the end of  each  fiscal  year:  (i)  the  consolidated  and
consolidating  balance sheet of Borrower as of the end of such fiscal year,  and
related  consolidated  and  consolidating  statements of income,  and changes in
financial  position  for  such  fiscal  year,  setting  forth  in  each  case in
comparative  form figures for the  corresponding  period in the preceding fiscal
year, all in reasonable  detail and  satisfactory in scope to Bank and certified
by and  containing  an  unqualified  opinion  of  Ernst & Young,  LLP,  or other
independent   certified  public  accountants  of  recognized  national  standing
selected by Borrower and satisfactory to Bank; and (ii) the Borrower's Form 10-K
Annual Report as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

            (c) Together  with each  delivery of those items  required by clause
(a) above, a certificate  executed by the chief  financial  officer of Borrower,
containing   computations  in  reasonable  detail  indicating   compliance  with
Subsection  6.15, and stating that to the best of the officer's  knowledge,  (i)
Borrower has kept,  observed,  performed,  and fulfilled each and every material
agreement binding on it contained in the Loan Documents,  and is not at the time
in default of the keeping, observance, performance, or fulfillment of any of the
terms,  provisions,  and  conditions  thereof,  and (ii)  none of the  Events of
Default  or  events  which  upon  notice  or the  lapse  of time  or both  would
constitute  Events of Default has occurred (or  specifying all such defaults and
events of which he may have  knowledge  and what  actions  Borrower is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto);

            (d)  Within  ten (10)  days  after  receipt  thereof,  copies of any
management  audit  letters or other  communications  provided to Borrower by the
independent  certified  public  accountant  who  prepared  Borrower's  financial
statements;

            (e) As soon as  practicable  and in any event  within  ten (10) days
after the  filing  thereof  with the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  copies of the
complete  Internal  Revenue  Service tax returns of Borrower  for each  calendar
year;



                                      14

<PAGE>



            (f) With reasonable  promptness,  such additional financial or other
data (including but not limited to consolidating  financial  statements) as Bank
may from time to time reasonably request.

      Bank is hereby authorized to deliver a copy of any financial statements or
any other  information  relating to the  business,  operations,  properties,  or
financial  condition  of Borrower  which may be  furnished  to it or come to its
attention pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise, to any regulatory body or
agency having jurisdiction over Bank or to any Person which shall, or shall have
the right or obligation to, succeed to all or any part of Bank's interest in the
Loan Documents.

      6.2  PAYMENT OF  INDEBTEDNESS  TO BANK;  PERFORMANCE  OF OTHER  COVENANTS;
PAYMENT OF OTHER OBLIGATIONS.  (a) Borrower will make full and timely payment of
the principal of and interest on the indebtedness  owed hereunder;  (b) Borrower
will  duly  comply  with  all the  terms  and  covenants  contained  in the Loan
Documents;  and (c)  Borrower  will make full and  timely  payment  of all other
indebtedness of Borrower to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

      6.3  CONDUCT OF  BUSINESS; MAINTENANCE  OF EXISTENCE  AND RIGHTS.  Each of
Borrower  and  Pledgor  will do or  cause  to be done all  things  necessary  to
preserve and to keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and rights
and  privileges  as a corporation  and its  franchises,  licenses,  trade names,
patents,  trademarks, and permits which are necessary for the continuance of its
business,  and continue to engage  principally in the business that it currently
operates.

      6.4  MAINTENANCE  OF PROPERTY.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor will maintain
its  property  in good  condition  and repair and,  from time to time,  make all
necessary  and  proper   repairs,   renewals,   replacements,   additions,   and
improvements  thereto,  so that the  business  carried  on may be  properly  and
advantageously  conducted  at all  times in  accordance  with  prudent  business
management.

      6.5  RIGHT OF  INSPECTION; DISCUSSIONS.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor will
permit any Person designated by Bank to visit and inspect any of its properties,
corporate books, records, papers, and financial reports, including the making of
any  copies  thereof  and  abstracts  therefrom,  and to  discuss  its  affairs,
finances, and accounts with its principal officers, all at such reasonable times
and as often as Bank may reasonably  request.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor will
also permit Bank, or its designated representative,  to audit or appraise any of
its assets or financial and business records.

      6.6  NOTICES. Borrower or Pledgor will promptly give notice to Bank of:

            (a) The  occurrence  of any  default or Event of  Default  (or event
which would  constitute  a default or Event of Default  but for the  requirement
that  notice be given or time  elapse  or both)  hereunder,  in which  case such
notice shall specify the nature thereof,  the period of existence  thereof,  and
the action that Borrower or Pledgor proposes to take with respect thereto;



                                      15

<PAGE>



            (b) the occurrence of any material casualty to any material facility
of  Borrower  or  Pledgor  or  any  other  force  majeure  (including,   without
limitation,  any strike or other labor  disturbance)  materially  affecting  the
operation  or value of any such  facility,  and whether or not such  casualty or
force majeure is covered by insurance; and

            (c) the  commencement or any material change in the nature or status
of any litigation,  dispute, or proceeding that may involve a claim for damages,
injunctive relief,  enforcement,  or other relief pending, being instituted,  or
threatened by, against,  or involving Borrower or Pledgor, or the institution of
any attachment,  levy,  execution,  or other process by or against any assets of
Borrower or Pledgor,  which might materially impair the conduct of Borrower's or
Pledgor's business or might materially adversely affect financially or otherwise
its business, operations, properties, condition, or prospects.

      6.7  PAYMENT OF TAXES; LIENS.  Each of Borrower  and Pledgor  will pay, or
cause to be paid,  when due,  subject to any  permitted  extensions,  all taxes,
assessments,  and other  governmental  charges  which may  lawfully be levied or
assessed  (a) upon its income or profits;  (b) upon any of its  property,  real,
personal  or mixed,  or upon any part  thereof;  or (c) by  reason  of  employee
benefit plans sponsored by it, and will also pay, or cause to be paid, when due,
subject to any permitted extensions,  any lawful claims for labor,  material, or
supplies  which,  if unpaid,  might  become a lien or charge  against any of its
property;  provided,  however, neither Borrower nor Pledgor shall be required to
pay any such tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy,  or claim so long as the validity
thereof shall be actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
Borrower or Pledgor,  as applicable,  shall have set aside on its books adequate
reserves   (determined  in  accordance   with  Generally   Accepted   Accounting
Principles) with respect to any such tax, assessment,  charge, levy, or claim so
contested; but provided further that any such tax, assessment,  charge, levy, or
claim shall be paid forthwith upon the  commencement of proceedings to foreclose
any lien securing the same.

      6.8  INSURANCE  OF  PROPERTIES.  Each  Borrower  and Pledgor will keep its
business and properties insured at all times by insurance  companies  acceptable
to Bank against the risks for which provision for such insurance is usually made
by other Persons engaged in a similar  business  similarly  situated  (including
without  limitation  insurance for fire and other hazards and insurance  against
liability  on account of damage to persons or property and  insurance  under all
applicable workman's compensation laws) and to the same extent thereto and carry
such other types and  amounts of  insurance  as are  usually  carried by Persons
engaged in the same or a similar business similarly  situated,  and upon request
deliver to Bank a certificate  from the insurer  setting forth the nature of the
risks covered by such  insurance,  the amount carried with respect to each risk,
and the name of the insurer.

      6.9  TRUE  BOOKS.  Each of Borrower and Pledgor  will keep proper and true
books of record and account,  satisfactory  to Bank,  in which full,  true,  and
correct entries will be made of all of its material  dealings and  transactions,
and  establish  on its books  such  reserves  as may be  required  by  Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles with respect to all taxes, assessments,  charges,
levies, and claims referred to in Subsection 6.7 hereof, and with respect to its
business in general,  and will include  such  reserves in any interim as well as
year-end financial statements.



                                      16

<PAGE>



      6.10  OBSERVANCE OF LAWS. Each of Borrower and Pledgor will conform to and
duly  observe  all  laws,  regulations,  and  other  valid  requirements  of any
governmental authority with respect to the conduct of its business.

      6.11  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  At its cost and expense,  upon request of Bank,
each of Borrower  and Pledgor  will duly execute and deliver or cause to be duly
executed and delivered to Bank such further  instruments or documents and do and
cause to be done such further acts as may be  reasonably  necessary or proper in
the opinion of Bank to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of
this Agreement.

      6.12  ERISA BENEFIT PLANS.  Borrower will comply with all  requirements of
ERISA applicable to it and will not materially increase its liabilities under or
violate  the terms of any  present  or future  benefit  plans  maintained  by it
without the prior  approval of Bank.  Borrower  will  furnish to Bank as soon as
possible  and in any event  within 10 days after  Borrower  or a duly  appointed
administrator  of a plan (as defined in ERISA)  knows or has reason to know that
any reportable event, funding deficiency,  or prohibited transaction (as defined
in ERISA)  with  respect  to any plan has  occurred,  a  statement  of the chief
financial  officer of Borrower  describing in reasonable  detail such reportable
event,  funding  deficiency,  or  prohibited  transaction  and any action  which
Borrower  proposes to take with  respect  thereto,  together  with a copy of the
notice of such event given to the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation or the
Internal  Revenue Service or a statement that said notice will be filed with the
annual report of the United States Department of Labor with respect to such plan
if such filing has been authorized.

      6.13  WITHHOLDING TAXES.  Each of  Borrower and  Pledgor will  pay, as and
when due, all  employee  withholding, FICA, and  other tax  payments required by
federal, state, and local governments with respect to wages paid to employees.

      6.14  CHANGE  OF NAME,  PRINCIPAL  PLACE OF  BUSINESS,  OFFICE,  OR AGENT.
Borrower  or Pledgor  will  notify Bank of any change in the name of Borrower or
Pledgor,  the  principal  place of business  of Borrower or Pledgor,  the office
where the books and records of  Borrower  or Pledgor are kept,  or any change in
the  registered  agent of  Borrower  or Pledgor  for the  purposes of service of
process.

      6.15  FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  Borrower  will, in  accordance  with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a Consistent Basis, maintain:

            (a) A Total  Funded  Debt to  Tangible  Net Worth ratio less than or
equal to 0.75 to 1.0 determined on a quarterly basis.

            (b) A Total Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio less than or equal to 4.0 to
1.0,  determined on a trailing twelve (12) month basis at the end of each fiscal
quarter of Borrower.

            (c) Tangible Net Worth  determined on a quarterly basis greater than
or equal to the sum of $30,000,000.00,  plus the cumulative sum of fifty percent
(50%) of  Borrower's  consolidated  net  income  for the  quarter  in which such
determination is made.



                                      17

<PAGE>



            (d) A Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio  greater than or equal to 1.3 to
1.0,  determined on a trailing twelve (12) month basis at the end of each fiscal
quarter of Borrower.

            (e)  A   minimum   working   capital   greater   than  or  equal  to
$6,000,000.00, determined on a quarterly basis.

      6.16  DEPOSITORY RELATIONSHIP. Each of Borrower and Pledgor shall maintain
all of its [PRINCIPAL] depository accounts with Bank.


                        SECTION 7.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

      Each of Borrower and Pledgor covenants and agrees as follows from the date
of this  Agreement  until payment in full of all present or future  indebtedness
hereunder and termination of all present or future credit facilities established
hereunder, unless Bank shall otherwise consent in writing:

      7.1  OTHER  INDEBTEDNESS.  Borrower  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,
create, incur,  assume,  or permit to exist any  indebtedness for borrowed money
except: (a) indebtedness  to Bank; (b) capital lease  obligations  and equipment
loans incurred in the ordinary course of business,  and other financing,  all on
terms satisfactory  to  Bank,  to  finance capital expenditures and acquisitions
permitted under  Section 7.6 hereof,  provided that such  indebtedness  shall be
incurred within  90  days  after  the making of the capital  expenditures or the
consummation of such acquisitions financed thereby.

      7.2  LIMITATIONS ON MORTGAGES, LIENS,  ETC.  Neither  Borrower nor Pledgor
will,  directly or indirectly,  create,  incur,  assume,  or suffer or permit to
exist  any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest,  or other  charge  or
encumbrance  (including  the lien or retained  security  title of a  conditional
vendor  or  lessor)  upon or with  respect  to any of its  assets,  or assign or
otherwise convey any right to receive income,  except: (a) mortgages or security
interests  in favor of Bank;  (b)  liens now  existing  and in such  amounts  as
described in Schedule 7.2 attached hereto;  (c) with respect to Borrower,  liens
or security interests securing the indebtedness described in Section 7.1.

      7.3 GUARANTIES. Neither Borrower nor Pledgor will, directly or indirectly,
guarantee,  assume,  endorse,  become a surety or  accommodation  party for,  or
otherwise in any way extend credit or become responsible for or remain liable or
contingently  liable in connection with any indebtedness or other obligations of
any other Person or entity except guaranties and endorsements made in connection
with the deposit of  negotiable  instruments  and other items for  collection or
credit in the ordinary course of business.

      7.4  MERGER,  SALE  OF  ASSETS,  DISSOLUTION,  ETC.  Neither  Borrower nor
Pledgor  will,  directly  or  indirectly:  (a) enter  into  any  transaction  of
merger  or  consolidation (unless  Borrower  is  the  surviving entity, in which
event, Borrower will provide Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice
thereof);  (b) transfer, sell, assign, lease, or otherwise  dispose of  all or a
substantial part of  its  properties  or  assets;  (c)  transfer,  sell, assign,
discount,  lease, or otherwise dispose of any of its notes or other instruments,
accounts receivable, or contract rights with or


                                      18

<PAGE>



without recourse,  except for collection in the ordinary course of business,  or
any assets or properties  necessary or desirable  for the proper  conduct of its
business;  (d)  change the scope or nature of its  business;  (e) enter into any
arrangement,  directly or indirectly, with my Person whereby Borrower or Pledgor
shall sell or transfer any  property,  real or  personal,  used or useful in its
business,  whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease
such property which  Borrower or Pledgor  intends to use for  substantially  the
same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or  transferred;  (f) invest
in, acquire assets or stock of,  transfer any assets to, or do business  through
any Subsidiary not described in Subsection 4.1 hereof;  (g) wind up,  liquidate,
or dissolve itself or its business; or (h) agree to any of the foregoing.

      7.5  PROHIBITIONS  ON  DIVIDENDS,  REDEMPTIONS,  DISTRIBUTIONS  AND  OTHER
PAYMENTS.  Without Bank's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld,  neither Borrower nor Pledgor will,  directly or indirectly,  declare,
allocate or pay any dividends  (other than  dividends  payable  solely in common
stock) on any  shares  of stock of any  class of  Borrower  or  Pledgor,  now or
hereafter outstanding,  or purchase,  redeem, or otherwise acquire or retire any
shares of stock of any class of Borrower or Pledgor or apply or set apart any of
its assets therefor or make any other  distribution (by redemption of capital or
otherwise) in respect of any such shares, or agree to do any of the foregoing in
an aggregate amount.

      7.6  CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES; ACQUISITIONS.  Borrower will not,  directly or
indirectly,  make or commit  to make  payments  for:  (a)  capital  expenditures
(including  capital leases) which would exceed  $13,000,000.00  in the aggregate
paid  in  any  fiscal  year,  such  capital  expenditures  to be  determined  in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a Consistent
Basis; or (b) acquisitions of businesses which would exceed $5,000,000.00 in the
aggregate paid in any fiscal year.

      7.7  REGULATION U.  Neither  Borrower  nor Pledgor will permit any part of
the proceeds of the loan or loans made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  to be used
to purchase  or  carry  or to reduce or retire any loan  incurred to purchase or
carry any  margin  stock  (within  the  meaning of  Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of  the Federal  Reserve System) or to extend credit to others for the
purpose of purchasing  or  carrying  any such  margin  stock,  or to be used for
any  other purpose  which  violates,  or which would  be inconsistent  with, the
provisions of Regulation  U or other  applicable  regulation.  Each of  Borrower
and  Pledgor covenants  that it  is  not  engaged  and will not  become  engaged
as one of its principal  or  important activities  in  extending  credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying such margin stock. If requested by  Bank, each
of Borrower  and  Pledgor  will  furnish  to Bank in connection with any loan or
loans hereunder, a statement  in  conformity  with the  requirements  of Federal
Reserve  Form  U-1  referred  to  in  said  regulation.  In  addition,  each  of
Borrower  and Pledgor covenants  that  no  part of  the  proceeds of the loan or
loans  hereunder  will be used for the  purchase of commodity  future  contracts
(or margins  therefor for  short  sales)  for any  commodity  not  required  for
the  normal  raw  material inventory of Borrower or Pledgor.



                                      19

<PAGE>



      7.8  MANAGEMENT.  Borrower will not,  directly or indirectly,  permit more
than one of the following persons to change their position with Borrower:

                        Chief Executive Officer--Wesley T. O'Brien
                        Chief Operating Officer--Rudolph McGlashan
                        Chief Financial Officer--William A. Paquin

      7.9  INSIDER  TRANSACTIONS.  Except  with  respect to Borrower's relations
with Warburg Pincus Investors, LLP, neither Borrower nor Pledgor will,  directly
or indirectly,  purchase,  acquire,  or  lease any property or services from, or
sell,  provide,  or  lease any property or services to, or otherwise  deal with,
in  the ordinary  course  of  business  or  otherwise,  (i) any  stockholder  or
(ii) any business entity, corporation,  partnership, or  association  in which a
stockholder owns  a  controlling  interest, except upon terms and conditions not
less  favorable  to  Borrower  or  Pledgor,  as  applicable,  than  if  no  such
relationship existed.

      7.10  LOANS TO OFFICERS,  STOCKHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, ETC.  Neither  Borrower
nor Pledgor  will,  directly  or  indirectly,  lend  or  advance  or  permit  to
be  outstanding  any  loans  or  advances  of  money,  credit,  or  property  to
officers,  stockholders,  employees,  agents,  or  consultants  of  Borrower  or
Pledgor (other than travel advances  in  the  ordinary  course of business) in a
aggregate  amount in  excess  of  an  aggregate  amount of  $100,000.00 for each
fiscal year.

      7.11  CHANGES IN GOVERNING  DOCUMENTS,  ACCOUNTING  METHODS,  FISCAL YEAR.
Neither  Borrower  nor  Pledgor  will  amend  in any  respect  its  articles  of
incorporation  or bylaws from that in existence on the date of this Agreement or
change its accounting  methods or practices,  its  depreciation  or amortization
policy or rates, or its fiscal year end from that in existence as of the date of
the financial  statements  provided to Bank  pursuant to Subsection  6.1 hereof,
except as  required  to comply with law or with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Principles.


                          SECTION 8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

      The following events shall constitute "Events of Default" hereunder.

      8.1  PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS UNDER LOAN  DOCUMENTS.  Borrower fails to make
payment of any principal, interest, or other amount due on any indebtedness owed
Bank  under the Loan  Documents,  or fails to make any other  payment to Bank as
contemplated thereunder either by the terms hereof or otherwise.

      8.2  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY.  Any  representation or warranty made by
Borrower,  Pledgor,  or any other Person  herein or in any writing  furnished in
connection with or pursuant to the Loan Documents,  or any report,  certificate,
financial statement, or other information provided by Borrower,  Pledgor, or any
other Person to Bank in connection with or pursuant to the Loan Documents, shall
be false or  misleading  in any  material  respect on the date when made or when
deemed made.

      8.3   COVENANTS UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.  Borrower, Pledgor, or any other
Person fails  to  fully  and  promptly perform when due any agreement, covenant,
term, or condition binding


                                        20

<PAGE>



on it contained in this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document,  or otherwise a
part of the transactions covered hereby.

      8.4  OTHER  DEFAULTS  UNDER  THE  LOAN  DOCUMENTS.  A  default or event of
default occurs  under any other Loan  Document,  other than with  respect to any
matters described in Subsection 8.1, 8.2, or 8.3 above.

      8.5  CROSS-DEFAULT. A default or event of default occurs under any present
or future  indebtedness of Borrower or Pledgor to Bank not evidenced by the Loan
Documents or a default or event of default occurs under any guaranty or security
document  executed by any Person in  connection  therewith.  An Event of Default
hereunder shall constitute a default under any such indebtedness,  guaranty,  or
security document.

      8.6  PAYMENT,  PERFORMANCE,  OR  DEFAULT  OF OTHER  MONETARY  OBLIGATIONS.
Borrower  or Pledgor  fails to make  payment on any  contract  obligation  or of
principal or interest on any indebtedness other than that created under the Loan
Documents or otherwise  owed to Bank,  or Borrower or Pledgor fails to fully and
promptly perform any other material  obligation,  agreement,  term, or condition
contained in any agreement under which any such other indebtedness is created or
there is otherwise a default or event of default thereunder.

      8.7  OTHER  COVENANTS OR DEFAULTS  TO BANK OR OTHERS.  Borrower or Pledgor
fails to fully and promptly perform when due any material  agreement,  covenant,
term,  or condition  binding on it contained  in any lease,  contract,  or other
agreement to which it is a party or in respect of which it is  obligated,  other
than the Loan Documents and other than those containing monetary obligations (as
described in Subsections  [8.5 and 8.6] above),  or there is otherwise a default
or event of default thereunder.

      8.8  LIQUIDATION;   DISSOLUTION;  BANKRUPTCY;  ETC.  Borrower  or  Pledgor
liquidates,  dissolves,  or becomes  incompetent,  the  business  of Borrower is
suspended;  Borrower or Pledgor files or commences a voluntary  petition,  case,
proceeding, or other action seeking reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of
its  debts,  or any  other  relief  under  any  existing  or  future  law of any
jurisdiction,  domestic or foreign,  state or federal,  relating to  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  or relief of debtors, or Borrower or Pledgor takes
any other action indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any
such petition,  case,  proceeding,  or other action seeking to have an order for
relief entered with respect to it or its debts; Borrower or Pledgor applies for,
or consents  to or  acquiescence  in, the  appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,
custodian,  or other  similar  official  for Borrower or Pledgor or for all or a
substantial  part of its property;  Borrower or Pledgor makes an assignment  for
the benefit of  creditors;  or Borrower or Pledgor is unable to pay its debts as
they mature or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature.

      8.9  INVOLUNTARY   BANKRUPTCY;   ETC.  An  involuntary   petition,   case,
proceeding,  or other action is commenced  against Borrower or Pledgor under the
Bankruptcy  Code or seeking  reorganization,  arrangement,  readjustment  of its
debts, or any other relief under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction,
domestic or  foreign,  state or federal,  relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  or relief of debtors; a receiver,  trustee, custodian, or other
similar official is  involuntarily  appointed for Borrower or Pledgor or for all
or a  substantial  part of Borrower's  or Pledgor's  property or assets;  or any
case, proceeding, or other action seeking issuance


                                        21

<PAGE>



of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint, or similar process against all
or a substantial  part of Borrower's or Pledgor's  assets or property results in
the entry of an order for such relief.

      8.10  JUDGMENTS. A judgment is entered against Borrower or Pledgor for the
payment  of  damages  or  money in  excess  of  $500,000.00,  if the same is not
discharged  or if a writ of execution or similar  process is issued with respect
thereto and is not stayed  within the time  allowed by law for filing  notice of
appeal of the final judgment.

      8.11  ATTACHMENT,  GARNISHMENT, LIENS IMPOSED BY LAW. A writ of attachment
or garnishment is issued  against,  or a lien is imposed by operation of law on,
any property of Borrower or Pledgor,  if the amount of the claim or the value of
the affected property is in excess of $500,000.00, if the lien is not discharged
within thirty (30) days after it has attached.

      8.12  CORPORATE  EXISTENCE,  TRANSFER  OF  PROPERTY.  Any act or  omission
(formal or  informal)  of Borrower  or Pledgor or its  officers,  directors,  or
shareholders leading to, or resulting in, the termination, invalidation (partial
or total),  revocation,  suspension,  interruption,  or  unenforceability of its
corporate existence,  rights, licenses,  franchises, or permits, or the transfer
or disposition  (whether by sale, lease, or otherwise) to any Person of all or a
substantial part of its property.

      8.13  ADVERSE CHANGE.  Bank determines that a material adverse change  has
occurred in the financial condition of Borrower or Pledgor from the condition in
existence on the date hereof.

      8.14  BANK  INSECURE  AS TO  REPAYMENT.  Bank  deems  itself  insecure  of
repayment of debt created hereunder to Bank by Borrower or Bank believes in good
faith  that  the  prospect  of  payment  by  Borrower  of all or any part of any
indebtedness  owed to Bank or that the  performance of any of the obligations of
Borrower to Bank is materially impaired.

      8.15  INVALIDITY OF SECURITY  INTEREST AND LIENS;  TRANSFER OF COLLATERAL.
For any reason after the execution and delivery thereof,  any document delivered
pursuant hereto that creates,  or was intended to create,  a security  interest,
mortgage, or other lien to secure indebtedness created hereunder ceases to be in
full force and effect,  or the liens intended to be created  thereby cease to be
or are not valid and  perfected  (so long as Bank does not permit the  Financing
Statement  to lapse)  first liens  subject to no other liens except as expressly
permitted  herein, or the party executing such document contests the validity or
enforceability  thereof or the lien  created  thereby,  or a security  interest,
mortgage,  or lien is granted in the collateral (except in favor of Bank) or any
collateral  covered  thereby is  transferred to another Person without the prior
written consent of Bank.

      8.16  INVALIDITY  OF  GUARANTY.  For any reason  after the  execution  and
delivery  thereof,  any document that gives rise to or was intended to give rise
to a guaranty of the indebtedness  created  hereunder ceases to be in full force
and effect,  or the party  executing  such  document  contests  the  validity or
enforceability  of its  Guaranty or denies that it has  further  liability  with
respect to any portion  thereof,  including  without  limitation with respect to
future loans.



                                        22

<PAGE>




                     SECTION 9.  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF BANK.

      9.1  REMEDIES AVAILABLE  UNDER LOAN  DOCUMENTS AND  OTHERWISE.  Bank shall
have, in addition to the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement and the
other Loan  Documents,  all of the rights and remedies of a creditor and, to the
extent applicable,  of a secured party, now or hereafter  available at law or in
equity.  Bank may,  at its option,  exercise  any one or more of such rights and
remedies  individually,  partially,  or in any  combination  from  time to time,
including,  to the  extent  applicable,  before  the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default.  No right,  power, or remedy  conferred upon Bank by the Loan Documents
shall be exclusive of any other right,  power,  or remedy referred to therein or
now or hereafter available at law or in equity.

      9.2  REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Without  limiting  the generality of
the foregoing, if an Event of Default shall occur:  (a) All  commitments of Bank
to make advances shall  terminate;  (b) Bank may declare the  indebtedness  owed
to Bank by  Borrower  hereunder  and any or all of any other  indebtedness  owed
by Borrower to Bank,  whether  direct or  indirect,  contingent  or certain,  to
be accelerated  and  due  and  payable  at  once,  whereupon  such indebtedness,
together with  interest  thereon,  shall  forthwith  become due and payable, all
without presentment,  demand,  protest,  or other  notice of any kind from Bank,
all  of  which  are  hereby  expressly  waived;  and (c) Bank may  proceed to do
other all  things  provided  by law,  equity,  or contract to enforce its rights
under such indebtedness and to collect all amounts owing to Bank.


                            SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS

      10.1  LIENS; SET-OFF.  Borrower hereby grants to Bank a continuing lien to
secure all indebtedness of Borrower to Bank whether created hereunder,  pursuant
hereto,  or otherwise upon any and all monies,  securities and other property of
Borrower and the proceeds  thereof,  now or hereafter  held or received by or in
transit  to,  Bank  from or for  Borrower,  and also  upon any and all  deposits
(general  or  special)  and credits of  Borrower,  if any, at Bank,  at any time
existing. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Bank is hereby authorized
at any time and from  time to time,  without  notice  to  Borrower,  to set off,
appropriate,  and apply any or all items  hereinabove  referred  to against  all
indebtedness  of Borrower  owed to Bank,  whether  under the Loan  Documents  or
otherwise,  whether now existing or hereafter  arising.  Bank shall be deemed to
have  exercised  such right of set-off  and to have made a charge  against  such
items  immediately upon the occurrence of such Event of Default although made or
entered on its books subsequent thereof.

      10.2  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES, INCLUDING  ATTORNEYS' FEES AND TAXES.  Borrower
agrees:  (a) to pay or  reimburse  Bank  for all its  reasonable  and  customary
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred in connection with the  preparation,
negotiation,  execution,  and delivery  of, and any  amendment,  supplement,  or
modification  to,  or waiver  or  consent  under,  the Loan  Documents,  and the
consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  thereby,  including,  without
limitation,  the reasonable and customary fees and  disbursements of counsel for
Bank,  taxes, and all recording or filing fees; (b) to pay or reimburse Bank for
all of its costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with the  administration,
supervision,  collection,  or enforcement of, or the  preservation of any rights
under,  the  Loan  Documents,   including,  without  limitation,  the  fees  and
disbursements  of counsel for Bank,  including  attorneys' fees out of court, in
trial, on appeal, in bankruptcy proceedings, or


                                        23

<PAGE>



otherwise;  (c) without limiting the generality of provision (a) hereof,  to pay
or reimburse  Bank for, and indemnify and hold Bank harmless  against  liability
for, any and all documentary  stamp taxes,  non-recurring  intangible  taxes, or
other taxes,  together with any interest,  penalties,  or other  liabilities  in
connection  therewith,  that Bank now or hereafter  determines  are payable with
respect to the Loan Documents,  the obligations evidenced by the Loan Documents,
any advances under the Loan Documents,  and any guaranties or mortgages or other
security instruments;  and (d) to pay, indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and
against any and all other liabilities,  obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses,  or disbursements of any kind or
nature  whatsoever  with  respect  to  the  execution,  delivery,   enforcement,
performance,  and  administration of the Loan Documents.  The agreements in this
Subsection  shall survive  repayment of all other amounts  payable  hereunder or
pursuant  hereto,  now or in the future,  and shall be secured by all collateral
that secures the loan or loans described herein.

      10.3   NOTICES.    Unless   otherwise   expressly   agreed   herein,   and
notwithstanding  any  provisions  to the  contrary  contained  in the other Loan
Documents,  all  notices,  requests,  and demands to or upon the parties  hereto
pursuant  to any Loan  Document  shall be deemed to have been given or made when
delivered  by  hand  or  by  courier  service,  when  provided  to a  nationally
recognized  overnight delivery service for overnight delivery,  when transmitted
to a  receiving  telecopier,  or three days after  deposit in the mail,  postage
prepaid by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,  addressed as
follows or to such other  address as may be hereafter  designated  in writing by
one party to the other:

                Borrower:     TresCom International, Inc.
                              200 East Broward Boulevard
                              Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301
                                Telecopy: (954) 627-6497
                                Attention: Angelina M. Spoto

                Pledgor:      TresCom U.S.A., Inc.
                              200 East Broward Boulevard
                              Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301
                                Telecopy: (954) 627-6497
                                Attention: Angelina M. Spoto

                Bank:         SunTrust Bank, South Florida, N.A.
                              SunTrust Center, 7th Floor
                              501 East Las Olas Boulevard
                              Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33301
                                Telecopy: (954) 765-7310
                                Attention: Russell E. Burnette

      10.4  GOVERNING LAW. The validity, interpretation,  and enforcement of the
Loan Documents and the rights and obligations of the parties  thereto,  shall be
governed by, and construed and  interpreted in accordance  with, the laws of the
State of Florida  excluding  those laws relating to the  resolution of conflicts
between laws of different jurisdictions.



                                        24

<PAGE>



      10.5  VENUE; PERSONAL JURISDICTION.  In  any litigation in connection with
or to enforce  any of the Loan  Documents,  Borrower  irrevocably  consents  to 
and confers  personal  jurisdiction  on the  courts of the State of  Florida  or
the United States courts located within the State of Florida,  expressly  waives
any objections  as  to  venue in  any of such courts, and agrees that service of
process may  be  made  on  Borrower  by  mailing  a  copy  of  the  summons  and
complaint  by  registered  or  certified  mail, return receipt requested, to the
address  set  forth  herein  (or  otherwise  expressly  provided  in   writing).
Nothing contained herein shall,  however,  prevent Bank from bringing any action
or  exercising  any  rights  within  any  other state or  jurisdiction  or  from
obtaining  personal jurisdiction by any other means available by applicable law.

      10.6  SEVERABILITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF PROVISIONS. In the event that any
one or more of the provisions of the Loan Documents is determined to be invalid,
illegal,  or unenforceable in any respect as to one or more of the parties,  all
remaining  provisions  nevertheless  shall remain  effective  and binding on the
parties thereto and the validity, legality, and enforceability thereof shall not
be affected or impaired  thereby.  If any such  provision is held to be illegal,
invalid,  or  unenforceable,  there  will be  deemed  added  in lieu  thereof  a
provision as similar in terms to such  provision as is possible,  that is legal,
valid, and  enforceable.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties
hereby  waive any law that  renders  any such  provision  invalid,  illegal,  or
unenforceable in any respect.

      10.7  COUNTERPARTS;   FACSIMILE  SIGNATURES;   EFFECTIVE  DATE.  The  Loan
Documents and any amendments,  waivers,  consents,  or supplements hereto may be
signed  in  original  counterparts  and  by  facsimile  transmission  of  signed
counterparts,  in any number, each of which shall be deemed an original,  no one
of which need contain all of the signatures of the parties,  and as many of such
counterparts  as shall  together  contain all of the  signatures  of the parties
shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  one and  the  same  instrument.  A set of the
counterparts of this Agreement signed by all parties hereto shall be lodged with
Bank. This Agreement shall become effective upon the receipt by Bank of original
signed  counterparts or facsimile  confirmation  of signed  counterparts of this
Agreement,  each of which shall be deemed an original,  from each of the parties
hereto.

      10.8  NO WAIVER.  No  omission or failure of Bank to exercise and no delay
in exercising by Bank of any  right, power, or  privilege  under any of the Loan
Documents  shall impair such right,  power,  or  privilege,  shall  operate as a
waiver thereof or be construed to be a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, power, or privilege preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.

      10.9  CUMULATIVE  REMEDIES.  The rights and remedies  provided in the Loan
Documents are cumulative,  and not exclusive of any rights or remedies  provided
by law or in equity, and may be pursued singularly,  successively,  or together,
and may be  exercised  as  often  as the  occasion  therefor  shall  arise.  The
warranties,  representations,  covenants, and agreements made herein and therein
shall be  cumulative,  except in the case of  irreconcilable  inconsistency,  in
which case the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

      10.10  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The  Loan  Documents shall be binding upon
the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure
to the benefitof the parties thereto, and, to the extent permitted herein, their
respective  successors  and  assigns.  The  terms  and  provisions  of  the Loan
Documents shall inure to the benefit of any assignee or transferee of the Note


                                        25

<PAGE>



or Notes hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or transfer by Bank,
the rights and privileges therein conferred upon Bank shall automatically extend
to and be vested in such assignee or  transferee,  and Bank shall be relieved of
all liability  thereunder.  The parties to the Loan Documents  (other than Bank)
may not assign any of its rights or obligations under the Loan Documents without
the prior written consent of Bank.

      10.11  RELIANCE UPON,  SURVIVAL OF AND MATERIALITY OF  REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES,  AGREEMENTS,  AND COVENANTS.  All  representations  and  warranties,
agreements,  and covenants  made in the Loan  Documents  shall be deemed to have
been  relied  upon by Bank,  notwithstanding  any  investigation  heretofore  or
hereafter made by Bank, and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents  and the making of the loan or loans  herein  contemplated,  and shall
continue  in full force and effect so long as any  indebtedness  is owed to Bank
pursuant  hereto  or so long as there  shall be any  commitment  by Bank to make
loans  hereunder.  All  statements  contained in any  certificate or other paper
delivered to Bank by Borrower, Pledgor, or Guarantor at any time pursuant to the
Loan Documents shall  constitute  representations  and warranties under the Loan
Documents.

      10.12  LEGAL OR GOVERNMENTAL LIMITATIONS.  Anything  contained in the Loan
Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Bank shall not be obligated to extend
credit or make loans to Borrower in an amount in violation of any limitations or
prohibitions provided by any applicable statute or regulation.

      10.13  WAIVER  OF TRIAL  BY  JURY.  BORROWER,  PLEDGOR,  AND  BANK  HEREBY
KNOWINGLY,  IRREVOCABLY,  VOLUNTARILY,  AND  INTENTIONALLY  WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION  BASED ON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS,  OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT,
THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  THEREUNDER,  OR ANY  COURSE  OF  CONDUCT,  COURSE OF
DEALING,  STATEMENT  (WHETHER  ORAL OR  WRITTEN),  OR ACTION OF ANY PARTY.  THIS
PROVISION  IS A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  FOR BANK TO ENTER  INTO THE  TRANSACTIONS
EVIDENCED HEREBY.                                                           ____
                                                                            ____
                                                                            ____

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized  officers as of the day and
year first above written.

                                             BORROWER:

WITNESSES:                                   TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                             a Florida corporation
       

/s/ SUSAN C. PILCHER                         By:/s/ WILLIAM A. PAQUIN
- -----------------------                         --------------------------
                                                William A. Paquin,
/s/ RUSSELL E. BURNETTE                         Chief Financial Officer
- -----------------------





                                        26

<PAGE>



                                             PLEDGOR:

                                             TRESCOM U.S.A., INC.
                                             a Florida corporation


/s/ SUSAN C. PILCHER                         By:/s/ WILLIAM A. PAQUIN
- -----------------------                      --------------------------
                                                William A. Paquin,
/s/ RUSSELL E. BURNETTE                         Chief Financial Officer
- -----------------------



                                             BANK:

                                             SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A.
                                             a Florida corporation


/s/ SUSAN C. PILCHER                         By:/s/ RUSSELL E. BURNETTE
- ---------------------                           ------------------------
                                                Russell E. Burnette,
/s/ JOHN G. IMMER                               Vice President
- ---------------------


STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

      Execution of the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 26th
day of November,  1996,  by William A.  Paquin,  as Chief  Financial  Officer of
TresCom   International,   Inc.,  a  Florida  corporation,   on  behalf  of  the
corporation.  He is  either  personally  known  to me or has  produced  FL DL as
identification.

                                             /s/ SUSAN C. PILCHER
                                             -------------------------
                                             Notary Public
                                             Name: SUSAN C. PILCHER
                                                   -------------------

Commission Number: ______                    My Commission Expires:






                                        27

<PAGE>



STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

      Execution of the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 26th
day of November,  1996,  by William A. Paquin,  as President of TresCom  U.S.A.,
Inc.,  a  Florida  corporation,  on  behalf  of the  corporation.  He is  either
personally known to me or has produced FL DL as identification.

                                             /s/ SUSAN C. PILCHER
                                             -------------------------
                                             Notary Public
                                             Name:  SUSAN C. PILCHER
                                                    ------------------

Commission Number: _______                   My Commission Expires:



STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

      Execution of the foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 26th
day of November,  1996, by Russell E.  Burnette,  as Vice  President of SunTrust
Bank,  South Florida,  N.A., a national  banking  association,  on behalf of the
association.  He is  either  personally  known  to me or has  produced  FL DL as
identification.

                                             /s/ SUSAN C. PILCHER
                                             ------------------------
                                             Notary Public
                                             Name: SUSAN C. PILCHER
                                                   ------------------

Commission Number: _______                   My Commission Expires:


33043-132
TPA2-381362.5



                                        28

<PAGE>



                                     EXHIBIT A

                            BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE



<PAGE>



                            BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
                                   PURSUANT TO
                            REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                             Dated November 26, 1996
                                  by and between
                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                             (hereinafter "Borrower")
                                     - and -
                        SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A.
                               (hereinafter "Bank")
                          As of ______________, 19____


1)    Total Accounts Receivables                  _____________________________

2)    Domestic Receivables                        _____________________________
            less 90 days past due                 _____________________________
            less ineligibles - 10% Rule           _____________________________
            other ineligibles                     _____________________________

            Total Eligible                        _____________________________

3)    Total Eligible
      Receivables x 70%                           _____________________________

4)    Loan outstandings as of
      _______________________                     _____________________________


5)    Loan Advance Availability
      (3 minus 4)                                 _____________________________





TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
BY: _____________________________
TITLE: __________________________



<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE 4.1

                                   SUBSIDIARIES


1.    TresCom U.S.A., Inc., a Florida corporation

2.    TresCom Network Services, Inc., a Florida corporation

3.    The St. Thomas and San Juan  Telephone  Co.,  Inc., a U.S. Virgin  Islands
      corporation

4.    Global Telephone Holdings, Inc., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation

5.    Interisland Telephone Corp., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation

6.    STSJ Overseas Telephone Company, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation

7.    OTC Network Assets, a Puerto Rico corporation

8.    Puerto Rico Telecommunications Corporation, a New York corporation

9.    STSJ Network Assets, Inc., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation

10.   Total Telecommunications, Inc., a Florida corporation



<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 7.2

                                  EXISTING LIENS


1.    Charter Financial

2.    General Electric Capital Corporation


<PAGE>



SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A. 
P.O. Box 405100
Fort Lauderdale, FL  33340-5100
Tel (954) 467-5000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SUNTRUST

March 11, 1997


Ernst & Young LLP

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

As a result of noncompliance of TresCom International, Inc.'s tangible net worth
covenant as of December 31, 1996, SunTrust Bank, South Florida,  N.A. has agreed
to amend the  covenant as of  December  31,  1996 with the  following  terms and
conditions:

[1]               Tangible Net Worth, as described in Section 6.15 of the Credit
                  Agreement  dated  November  26,  1996,  will be  amended to be
                  greater than or equal to $22,000,000.00, tested on a quarterly
                  basis,  plus the cumulative sum of fifty (50%) of consolidated
                  net income for the  quarter  in which  such  determination  is
                  made.

[2]               Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth covenant will be added
                  which will be less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0,  determined on
                  a quarterly basis.

[3]               Funding  under the line of credit  will be  continued,  under
                  the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement dated
                  November 26,  1996, so long as the Company meets its Profit/
                  Loss projections on a quarterly basis,  attached as Exhibit A,
                  by no more than a 10% variance.  The total availability under
                  the  revolving  line of credit will be reduced to $5,000,000
                  from  $7,000,000.  The aggregate  amount of $5,000,000  will
                  include any Standby Letters of Credit outstanding.

[4]               Monthly Financial Statements of TresCom International, Inc.
                  will be required going forward.

Any other  conditions will be governed by the amendment to the Credit  Agreement
prepared by Bank's counsel.

Sincerely,

/s/ Russell E. Burnette

Russell E. Burnette
Vice President
Corporate Banking Division



<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "A"


                               FY97 BUSINESS PLAN

                                  4 QUARTER P&L

                                   (Millions)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Quarter 1        Quarter 2       Quarter 3       Quarter 4       TOTAL
<S>                                   <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>    

Revenue                                $  34.7         $  37.5         $  40.0        $   41.5         $ 153.7

Line Costs                             $  26.4         $  28.5         $  30.4        $   31.5         $ 116.8

Gross Profit                           $   8.3         $   9.0         $   9.6        $   10.0         $  36.9

% Revenue                                 24.0%           24.0%           24.0%           24.0%           24.0%

Selling/General                        $   7.8         $   8.0         $   8.1        $    8.2         $  32.1
Administrative

% Revenue                                 22.5%           21.3%           20.3%           19.8%           20.9%

EBITDA                                 $   0.5         $   1.0         $   1.5        $    1.8         $   4.8

Depreciation/                          $   1.4         $   1.5         $   1.5        $    1.6         $   6.0
Amortization

Interest/Other                         $   0.2         $   0.2         $   0.3        $    0.3         $   1.0

Net Income                             $  (1.1)        $  (0.7)        $  (0.3)       $   (0.1)        $  (2.2)


</TABLE>


                                                               Exhibit 11.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           


                                                                                           1996                1995          
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------      
<S>                                                                                           <C>                  <C>          
                                                                                                                               
Primary and fully diluted:                                                             
   Weighted average Common Stock outstanding during the period(1)..............                10,590,634          2,386,663   
   Conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, including                                                                  
       accrued dividends through the date of the initial public offering ......                   498,131          4,496,147   

Effect of common stock  equivalents  issued  subsequent to November 22, 1994,                                                  
       computed in accordance with the treasury stock method                                                                   
       as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission(1) ...............                    80,032            813,551   
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------  
Total..........................................................................                11,168,797          7,696,361   
                                                                                      =======================================  
                                                                                                                               
Loss before extraordinary item.................................................           $    (3,621,000)  $    (11,627,000)  
Extraordinary loss on  early extinguishment  of  debt..........................                 1,956,000                 --   
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------  
Net loss ......................................................................                (5,577,000)       (11,627,000)  
Less:  Preferred Stock dividends ..............................................                  (687,000)        (4,877,000)  
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------  
                                                                                                                               
Net loss available for Common Stock and common stock equivalents...............            $   (6,264,000)  $    (16,504,000)  
                                                                                      =======================================  
                                                                                                                               
Per share amount...............................................................            $         (.50)  $          (1.51)  
                                                                                                                               
                                                                                      ======================================= 
</TABLE>
                                                                               

(1)      Pursuant  to  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  Staff  Accounting
         Bulletin No. 83,  common stock  equivalents  issued at prices below the
         assumed  initial public offering price per share ("cheap stock") during
         the twelve month period  immediately  preceding the initial filing date
         of the Company's  Registration  Statement for its public  offering have
         been included as  outstanding  for all periods  presented  prior to and
         through the date of the initital public offering.






<TABLE>
                                                                                                       Exhibit 11.2

                                             TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                   COMPUTATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL EARNINGS PER SHARE

<CAPTION>

                                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                               1996                 1995
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>                 <C>              

Primary and fully diluted:
   Weighted average Common Stock outstanding during the period(1) .................        10,590,634           2,386,663
   Conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, including
       accrued dividends through the date of the initial public offering ..........           498,131           4,496,147

   Shares issued to repay current and long-term obligations .......................          380,831           2,443,449
   Effect of common stock  equivalents  issued  subsequent to November 22, 1994,    
       computed in accordance with the treasury stock method
       as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission(1) ...................            80,032             813,551
                                                                                        ============================================
Total .............................................................................        11,549,628          10,139,810
                                                                                        ============================================

Loss before extraordinary item ....................................................     $  (3,621,000)    $   (11,627,000)
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt                                          1,956,000                  --
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------
Net loss ..........................................................................        (5,577,000)        (11,627,000)
Plus:  Reduction in interest expense and extraordinary loss on retirement of
       debt from repayment of current and long-term obligations(2).................         3,006,000           3,000,000
Less:  Preferred Stock dividends...................................................          (687,000)         (4,877,000)
                                                                                        --------------------------------------------

Net loss available for Common Stock and common stock equivalents...................      $ (3,258,000)    $   (13,504,000)
                                                                                         ===========================================

Per share amount ..................................................................      $ (0.22)          $         (0.85)
                                                                                         ===========================================
</TABLE>



(1)      Pursuant  to  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  Staff  Accounting
         Bulletin No. 83,  common stock  equivalents  issued at prices below the
         assumed  initial public offering price per share ("cheap stock") during
         the twelve month period  immediately  preceding the initial filing date
         of the Company's  Registration  Statement for its public  offering have
         been included as  outstanding  for all periods  presented  prior to and
         through the date of the initial public offering.

(2)      Supplemental earnings per share reflects the number of shares of Common
         Stock upon  consummation  of the initial public  offering used to repay
         $35.8 million in current and long-term  obligations as if such issuance
         had occurred at the beginning of each year.





                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

               List of Subsidiaries of TresCom International, Inc.


                  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  corporations   that  are
subsidiaries  of  TresCom  International,   Inc.,  a  Florida  corporation  (the
"Corporation").  The capital stock of all of the  corporations  listed below are
owned  indirectly  by the  Corporation  except for the capital  stock of TresCom
Network  Services,  Inc. and INTEX  Telecommunications,  Inc. which are directly
owned. If indented,  the corporation  listed is a wholly owned subsidiary of the
corporation under which it is listed.


                    Name of                                         State of
                  Corporation                                     Incorporation
                  -----------                                     -------------

TresCom Network Services, Inc.                                    Florida

   TresCom U.S.A., Inc. (formerly known as Teracom U.S.A.,        Florida
   Inc.)

   The St. Thomas and San Juan Telephone Company, Inc.            U.S. Virgin
                                                                  Islands

        STSJ Overseas Telephone Company, Inc.                     Puerto Rico

               OTC Network Assets, Inc.                           Puerto Rico

        Puerto Rico Telecom Corporation (formerly known as        New York
        Caribbean Telecommunications, Inc.)

        STSJ Network Assets, Inc.                                 U.S. Virgin
                                                                  Islands

   Global Telephone Holdings, Inc.1                               U.S. Virgin
                                                                  Islands

        Interisland Telephone Corp.                               U.S. Virgin
                                                                  Islands

INTEX Telecommunications, Inc.                                    South Carolina




- -------------------- 

     1 TresCom Network  Services,  Inc.  directly owns 85.1% of Global Telephone
Holdings,  Inc. and the remaining  14.9% is owned by The St. Thomas and San Juan
Telephone Company, Inc. of which TresCom Network Services, Inc. owns 100% of the
outstanding shares.





                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1




                         Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8  No.  333-1912)  pertaining  to  the  1994  Stock  Option  Plan  of  TresCom
International,  Inc.  of our reports  dated  March 27, 1997 with  respect to the
consolidated financial statements and schedule of TresCom International, Inc. in
the Annual Report (Form 10-K) of TresCom International,  Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1996.



                                                /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
March 28, 1997




                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2



                         Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the  incorporation  by  reference in  the  Registration  Statement
(Form S-8 No.  333-1912)  pertaining  to the 1994 Stock  Option  Plan of TresCom
International,  Inc.  of our  report  dated  May 12,  1994 with  respect  to the
consolidated  statements of operations  and cash flows of The St. Thomas and San
Juan  Telephone  Company,  Inc.,  in the Annual  Report  (Form  10-K) of TresCom
International, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1996.



                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico
March 28, 1997



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3



                         Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8  No.  333-1912)  pertaining  to  the  1994  Stock  Option  Plan  of  TresCom
International,  Inc. of our report  dated  January 12, 1995 with  respect to the
consolidated  statements  of income and cash flows of Total  Telecommunications,
Inc. in the Annual  Report  (Form 10-K) of TresCom  International,  Inc. for the
year ended December 31, 1996.


                                                         /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
March 28, 1997





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TRESCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC. FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                           6,020
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   36,651
<ALLOWANCES>                                     7,588
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                38,524
<PP&E>                                          30,291
<DEPRECIATION>                                   5,755
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 101,610
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           30,323
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           493
<OTHER-SE>                                      66,829
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   101,610
<SALES>                                        139,621
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               139,621
<CGS>                                          106,928
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   30,808
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 4,928
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               (3,043)
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 578
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (3,621)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (3,621)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  1,956
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (5,577)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.50)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.50)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission